Material Data Sheets For Piping and Valve Components: December
Material Data Sheets For Piping and Valve Components: December
Material Data Sheets For Piping and Valve Components: December
S-563 2021
Acknowledgements
This IOGP Specification was prepared by a Joint Industry Programme 33
Standardization of Equipment Specifications for Procurement organized
by IOGP with support by the World Economic Forum (WEF).
Disclaimer
Whilst every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information
contained in this publication, neither IOGP nor any of its Members past present or
future warrants its accuracy or will, regardless of its or their negligence, assume
liability for any foreseeable or unforeseeable use made thereof, which liability is
hereby excluded. Consequently, such use is at the recipient’s own risk on the basis
that any use by the recipient constitutes agreement to the terms of this disclaimer.
The recipient is obliged to inform any subsequent recipient of such terms.
Please note that this publication is provided for informational purposes and
adoption of any of its recommendations is at the discretion of the user. Except as
explicitly stated otherwise, this publication must not be considered as a substitute
for government policies or decisions or reference to the relevant legislation relating
to information contained in it.
Where the publication contains a statement that it is to be used as an industry
standard, IOGP and its Members past, present, and future expressly disclaim all
liability in respect of all claims, losses or damages arising from the use or
application of the information contained in this publication in any industrial application.
Any reference to third party names is for appropriate acknowledgement of their
ownership and does not constitute a sponsorship or endorsement.
Copyright notice
The contents of these pages are © International Association of Oil & Gas Producers.
Permission is given to reproduce this report in whole or in part provided (i)
that the copyright of IOGP and (ii) the sources are acknowledged. All other rights are
reserved. Any other use requires the prior written permission of IOGP.
These Terms and Conditions shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of England and Wales. Disputes arising here from shall be exclusively
subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales.
Material Data Sheets for Piping and Valve Components
Foreword
This specification was prepared under Joint Industry Programme 33 (JIP33) "Standardization of Equipment
Specifications for Procurement" organized by the International Oil & Gas Producers Association (IOGP) with
the support from the World Economic Forum (WEF). Companies from the IOGP membership participated in
developing this specification to leverage and improve industry level standardization globally in the oil and gas
sector. The work has developed a minimized set of supplementary requirements for procurement, with life
cycle cost in mind, resulting in a common and jointly agreed specification, building on recognized industry and
international standards.
Recent trends in oil and gas projects have demonstrated substantial budget and schedule overruns. The Oil
and Gas Community within the World Economic Forum (WEF) has implemented a Capital Project Complexity
(CPC) initiative which seeks to drive a structural reduction in upstream project costs with a focus on industry-
wide, non-competitive collaboration and standardization. The CPC vision is to standardize specifications for
global procurement for equipment and packages. JIP33 provides the oil and gas sector with the opportunity to
move from internally to externally focused standardization initiatives and provide step change benefits in the
sector's capital projects performance.
This specification has been developed in consultation with a broad user and supplier base to realize benefits
from standardization and achieve significant project and schedule cost reductions.
The JIP33 work groups performed their activities in accordance with IOGP's Competition Law Guidelines
(November 2020).
Table of Contents
Foreword .................................................................................................................................................. 1
Introduction ............................................................................................................................................... 7
1 Scope ....................................................................................................................................................... 8
2 Normative references ............................................................................................................................... 9
3 Terms, definitions, acronyms and abbreviations ....................................................................................15
3.1 Terms and definitions ...................................................................................................................15
3.2 Acronym, abbreviations and symbols ..........................................................................................16
4 Material and element data sheets ..........................................................................................................18
4.1 General .........................................................................................................................................18
4.2 MDS and EDS numbering system ...............................................................................................18
4.3 Implementation of statutory regulations .......................................................................................19
4.4 Ferritic-austenitic stainless steels (MDS ID series)......................................................................19
4.5 Mechanical testing .......................................................................................................................19
4.6 Machining of valve components from bar ....................................................................................20
4.7 NDT of piping and valve components ..........................................................................................20
4.8 Pilot castings ................................................................................................................................20
4.9 Low temperature and cryogenic service ......................................................................................21
4.10 High pressure service ..................................................................................................................22
Annex A (normative) Material data sheets ......................................................................................................23
Annex B (normative) Element data sheets .....................................................................................................252
List of Tables
Introduction
The purpose of this specification is to define a minimum common set of supplementary requirements for the
specification for procurement of the most commonly used materials and to facilitate the manufacture of stock
products to reduce cost and increase availability, for application in the petroleum and natural gas industries.
This specification follows a common document structure comprising the four documents as shown below,
which together with the purchase order, define the overall technical specification for procurement.
Quality and information requirements for the supply of piping and valve components are specified in the
individual material data sheet rather than through separate quality requirements specification (QRS) and
information requirements specification (IRS). Quality and information requirements for piping and valve
components purchased as part of an equipment item are supplemented by the equipment QRS and IRS.
Unless defined otherwise in the requisition, the order of precedence (highest authority listed first) of the
documents shall be:
a) regulatory requirements;
c) user defined requirements (equipment data sheet, equipment IRS, equipment QRS);
d) this specification.
This specification is not intended to preclude the use of alternative generic materials or grades within a
referenced material standard. Where the use of alternative materials/grades are considered appropriate, the
end user is responsible for specifying any additional requirements necessary to meet design and design code
or specification.
1 Scope
This specification is a collection of material data sheets (MDSs) and element data sheets (EDSs) for the most
commonly used components for piping systems and valves for Normal fluid service, Category D fluid service
and High Pressure fluid service as defined in ASME B31.3.
NOTE The scope of IOGP S-563 is design code independent and it is not restricted to piping designed to ASME B31.3.
Supplementary material requirements for services defined in ASME B31.3 as Category M fluid service,
elevated temperature fluid service, high purity fluid service, severe cyclic conditions are excluded from the
scope.
This specification addresses specific minimum requirements for materials exposed to sour environments as
defined in ISO 15156 /NACE MR0175 and ISO 17945 /NACE MR0103. However, this specification does not
provide guidelines for material selection and the selection of suitable materials for a specific service including
any necessary additional material requirements remains the responsibility of the end (equipment) user.
Line pipe material for pipeline systems is outside the scope of this specification.
− Austenitic stainless steel: type 316/316L, type 304/304L, type 321, type 347, type 321H, type 347H;
− Precipitation-hardened stainless steel: austenitic grade 660 and martensitic grade 630;
− Titanium grade 2;
2 Normative references
The following publications are referred to in this document in such a way that some or all of their content
constitutes requirements of this specification. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated
references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies.
ANSI/MSS SP-55, Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges, Fittings, and Other Piping
Components - Visual Method for Evaluation of Surface Irregularities
API Recommended Practice 934-A, Materials and Fabrication of 2¼Cr-1Mo, 2¼Cr-1Mo-¼V, 3Cr-1Mo,
and 3Cr-1Mo-¼V Steel Heavy Wall Pressure Vessels for High-temperature, High-pressure Hydrogen Service
API Recommended Practice 934-C, Materials and Fabrication of 1¼Cr-½Mo Steel Heavy Wall Pressure
Vessels for High-pressure Hydrogen Service Operating at or Below 825 °F (440 °C)
API Standard 6ACRA, Age-hardened Nickel-based Alloys for Oil and Gas Drilling and Production Equipment
ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels
ASME BPVC Code Case 2120-1, Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper Low Carbon Alloy (UNS
N08926) for Code Construction Section VIII, Division 1
ASTM A20/A20M, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels
ASTM A29/A29M, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Bars, Carbon and Alloy, Hot-
Wrought
ASTM A105/A105M, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications
ASTM A106/A106M, Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service
ASTM A182/A182M, Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges,
Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service
ASTM A193/A193M, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature
or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications
ASTM A194/A194M, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel, and Stainless Steel Nuts for
Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both
ASTM A203/A203M, Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Nickel
ASTM A216/A216M, Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for
High-Temperature Service
ASTM A217/A217M, Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and Alloy, for Pressure-
Containing Parts, Suitable for High-Temperature Service
ASTM A234/234M, Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for
Moderate and High Temperature Service
ASTM A240/A240M, Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate,
Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications
ASTM A269/A269M, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for
General Service
ASTM A276/A276M, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes
ASTM A312/A312M, Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic
Stainless Steel Pipes
ASTM A320/A320M, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for Low-Temperature
Service
ASTM A333/A333M, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low- Temperature
Service and Other Applications with Required Notch Toughness
ASTM A334/A334M, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon and Alloy-Steel Tubes
for Low-Temperature Service
ASTM A335/A335M, Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic Alloy-Steel Pipe for High-Temperature
Service
ASTM A350/A350M, Standard Specification for Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch
Toughness Testing for Piping Components
ASTM A351/A351M, Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts
ASTM A352/A352M, Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for Pressure-
Containing Parts, Suitable for Low-Temperature Service
ASTM A370, Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products
ASTM A387/A387M, Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Chromium-Molybdenum
ASTM A403/A403M, Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings
ASTM A420/420M, Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for
Low-Temperature Service
ASTM A453/A453M, Standard Specification for High-Temperature Bolting, with Expansion Coefficients
Comparable to Austenitic Stainless Steels
ASTM A479/A479M, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes for Use in Boilers and
Other Pressure Vessels
ASTM A480/A480M, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-
Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip
ASTM A488/A488M, Standard Practice for Steel Castings, Welding, Qualifications of Procedures and
Personnel
ASTM A494/A494M, Standard Specification for Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy
ASTM A516/A516M, Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate- and
Lower-Temperature Service
ASTM A564/A564M, Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening Stainless Steel
Bars and Shapes
ASTM A578/A578M, Standard Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Rolled Steel Plates
for Special Applications
ASTM A671/A671M, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and
Lower Temperatures
ASTM A672/672M, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure Service
at Moderate Temperatures
ASTM A691/A691M, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric-Fusion-Welded for
High-Pressure Service at High Temperatures
ASTM A694/A694M, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Pipe Flanges, Fittings,
Valves, and Parts for High-Pressure Transmission Service
ASTM A696, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought or Cold-Finished, Special Quality,
for Pressure Piping Components
ASTM A703/A703M, Standard Specification for Steel Castings, General Requirements, for Pressure-
Containing Parts
ASTM A739, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Hot-Wrought, for Elevated Temperature
or Pressure-Containing Parts, or Both
ASTM A789/A789M, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic/Austenitic Stainless Steel
Tubing for General Service
ASTM A790/A790M, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic/Austenitic Stainless Steel
Pipe
ASTM A815/815M, Standard Specification for Wrought Ferritic, Ferritic/Austenitic, and Martensitic Stainless
Steel Piping Fittings
ASTM A928/A928M, Standard Specification for Ferritic/Austenitic (Duplex) Stainless Steel Pipe Electric
Fusion Welded with Addition of Filler Metal
ASTM A960/A960M, Standard Specification for Common Requirements for Wrought Steel Piping Fittings
ASTM A961/A961M, Standard Specification for Common Requirements for Steel Flanges, Forged Fittings,
Valves, and Parts for Piping Applications
ASTM A962/A962M, Standard Specification for Common Requirements for Bolting Intended for Use at Any
Temperature from Cryogenic to the Creep Range
ASTM A985/A985M, Standard Specification for Steel Investment Castings General Requirements, for
Pressure-Containing Parts
ASTM A988/A988M, Standard Specification for Hot Isostatically-Pressed Stainless Steel Flanges, Fittings,
Valves, and Parts for High Temperature Service
ASTM A995/A995M, Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic-Ferritic (Duplex) Stainless Steel, for
Pressure-Containing Parts
ASTM A1058, Standard Test Methods for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products-Metric
ASTM A1082/A1082M, Standard Specification for High Strength Precipitation Hardening and Duplex
Stainless Steel Bolting for Special Purpose Applications
ASTM B124/B124M, Standard Specification for Copper and Copper Alloy Forging Rod, Bar, and Shapes
ASTM B150/B150M, Standard Specification for Aluminum Bronze Rod, Bar, and Shapes
ASTM B151/B151M, Standard Specification for Copper-Nickel-Zinc Alloy (Nickel Silver) and Copper- Nickel
Rod and Bar
ASTM B171/B171M, Standard Specification for Copper-Alloy Plate and Sheet for Pressure Vessels,
Condensers, and Heat Exchangers
ASTM B265, Standard Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate
ASTM B338, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Titanium and Titanium Alloy Tubes for
Condensers and Heat Exchangers
ASTM B348, Standard Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Bars and Billets
ASTM B363, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Unalloyed Titanium and
Titanium Alloy Welding Fittings
ASTM B366/B366M, Standard Specification for Factory-Made Wrought Nickel and Nickel Alloy Fittings
ASTM B367, Standard Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Castings
ASTM B381, Standard Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Forgings
ASTM B424, Standard Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper Alloys Plate, Sheet, and
Strip
ASTM B425, Standard Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper Alloys Rod and Bar
ASTM B444, Standard Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloys (UNS N06625 and
UNS N06852) and Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy (UNS N06219) Pipe and Tube
ASTM B462, Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Nickel Alloy Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and
Valves and Parts for Corrosive High-Temperature Service
ASTM B499, Standard Test Method for Measurement of Coating Thicknesses by the Magnetic Method:
Nonmagnetic Coatings on Magnetic Basis Metals
ASTM B571, Standard Practice for Qualitative Adhesion Testing of Metallic Coatings
ASTM B602, Standard Test Method for Attribute Sampling of Metallic and Inorganic Coatings
ASTM B705, Standard Specification for Nickel-Alloy (UNS N06625, N06219 and N08825) Welded Pipe
ASTM B733, Standard Specification for Autocatalytic (Electroless) Nickel-Phosphorus Coatings on Metal
ASTM B834, Standard Specification for Pressure Consolidated Powder Metallurgy Iron- Nickel- Chromium-
Molybdenum (UNS N08367), Nickel-Chromium- Molybdenum-Columbium (Nb) (UNS N06625), Nickel-
Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N06600 and N06690), and Nickel-Chromium-Iron-Columbium- Molybdenum
(UNS N07718) Alloy Pipe Flanges, Fittings, Valves, and Parts
ASTM B861, Standard Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Seamless Pipe
ASTM B862, Standard Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Welded Pipe
ASTM C633 , Standard Test Method for Adhesion or Cohesion Strength of Thermal Spray Coatings
ASTM E10, Standard Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials
ASTM E18, Standard Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness of Metallic Materials
ASTM E165/E165M, Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General Industry
ASTM E562, Standard Test Method for Determining Volume Fraction by Systematic Manual Point Count
ASTM F467, Standard Specification for Nonferrous Nuts for General Use
ASTM F468, Standard Specification for Nonferrous Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, Socket Head Cap Screws, and
Studs for General Use
ASTM F788, Standard Specification for Surface Discontinuities of Bolts, Screws, Studs, and Rivets, Inch and
Metric Series
ASTM F812 , Standard Specification for Surface Discontinuities of Nuts, Inch and Metric Series
ASTM F2329, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating, Hot-Dip, Requirements for Application to Carbon and
Alloy Steel Bolts, Screws, Washers, Nuts, and Special Threaded Fasteners
ASTM G28, Standard Test Methods for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Corrosion in Wrought,
Nickel-Rich, Chromium-Bearing Alloys
ASTM G48, Standard Test Methods for Pitting and Crevice Corrosion Resistance of Stainless Steels and
Related Alloys by Use of Ferric Chloride Solution
EEMUA Pub. 234, 90/10 Copper Nickel Alloy Piping for Offshore Applications Specification
ISO 148-1, Metallic materials — Charpy pendulum impact test — Part 1: Test method
ISO 6506-1, Metallic materials — Brinell hardness test — Part 1: Test method
ISO 6507-1, Metallic materials — Vickers hardness test — Part 1: Test method
ISO 6508-1, Metallic materials — Rockwell hardness test — Part 1: Test method
ISO 6892-1, Metallic materials — Tensile testing — Part 1: Method of test at room temperature
ISO 11970, Specification and qualification of welding procedures for production welding of steel castings
ISO 14732, Welding personnel — Qualification testing of welding operators and weld setters for mechanized
and automatic welding of metallic materials
ISO 15156-1 /NACE MR0175-1, Petroleum and natural gas industries — Materials for use in H2S-containing
environments in oil and gas production — Part 1: General principles for selection of cracking-resistant
materials
ISO 15156-2 /NACE MR0175-2, Petroleum and natural gas industries — Materials for use in H2S-containing
environments in oil and gas production — Part 2: Cracking-resistant carbon and low-alloy steels, and the use
of cast irons
ISO 15156-3 /NACE MR0175-3, Petroleum and natural gas industries — Materials for use in H2S-containing
environments in oil and gas production — Part 3: Cracking-resistant CRAs (corrosion-resistant alloys) and
other alloys
ISO 17781, Petroleum, petrochemical and natural gas industries — Test methods for quality control of
microstructure of ferritic/austenitic (duplex) stainless steels
ISO 17782 , Petroleum, petrochemical and natural gas industries — Scheme for conformity assessment of
manufacturers of special materials
ISO 17945 /NACE MR0103, Petroleum, petrochemical and natural gas industries — Metallic materials
resistant to sulfide stress cracking in corrosive petroleum refining environments
MSS SP-147, Quality Standard for Steel Castings Used in Standard Class Steel Valves - Sampling Method
for Evaluating Casting Quality
NACE TM0284, Evaluation of Pipeline and Pressure Vessel Steels for Resistance to Hydrogen-Induced
Cracking
3.1.1
carbon steel
alloy of carbon and iron containing up to 2 % mass fraction carbon and up to 1.65 % mass fraction manganese
and residual quantities of other elements, except those intentionally added in specific quantities for deoxidation
(usually silicon and/or aluminium)
3.1.2
low-alloy steel
steel containing a total alloying element content of less than 5 % mass fraction, or steels with less than 10.5
% mass fraction chromium, but more than that specified for carbon steel
3.1.3
stainless steel
steel containing ≥ 10.5 % Cr (by mass), possibly with other elements added to secure special properties
3.1.4
austenitic stainless steel
stainless steel whose microstructure at room temperature consists predominantly of austenite
3.1.5
stainless steel types 304 and 316
austenitic stainless steel certified to meet both 304/304L or 316/316L properties
3.1.6
stainless steel type 6Mo
austenitic stainless steel alloys with 6 % Mo and PREN ≥ 40.0
3.1.7
stainless steel type 22Cr duplex
ferritic-austenitic stainless steel alloys with 30.0 ≤ PREN < 40.0 and Cr ≥ 19 % (by mass)
3.1.8
stainless steel type 25Cr duplex
ferritic-austenitic stainless steel alloys with 40.0 ≤ PREN < 48.0, often referred to as "super duplex"
3.1.9
martensitic stainless steel
stainless steel whose microstructure at room temperature consists predominantly of martensite
3.1.10
precipitation-hardened stainless steel
stainless steel with a high strength resulting from the precipitation of intermetallic compounds by a final heat
treatment
3.1.11
nickel alloys
metallic material in which nickel is the major element
3.1.12
pilot casting
casting made and tested as part of the initiation and development of the production method such as the first
casting from a new or modified pattern produced using identical foundry practices as the production castings
it is intended to represent
3.1.13
nominal pipe size
numerical designation of size in inches which is common to components in piping systems
3.1.14
quality specification level
QSL
level defining the extent of control activities, typically including verification, inspection and testing to be
undertaken by supplier to demonstrate conformance with requirements based on determination of service risk
(e.g. on the basis of pressure class, material, valve size and service) or obligations
3.1.15
nickel-alloyed steel
alloyed steel containing more than 1.5 % Ni
3.1.16
end (equipment) user
company or organization (normally an oil company) that is responsible for the operation of an installation/facility
and its component (e.g. piping, valve)
3.1.17
manufacturer (material)
party, including subcontractors, which carries out operations (e.g. forming, heat treatment, welding) that affect
the material properties of the finished product
HV Vickers hardness
OD outer diameter
PREN pitting resistance equivalent number (%Cr + 3.3 x % (Mo + 0.5W) + 16 x %N), with chemical
element concentration expressed in mass fraction percent.
PT penetrant testing
QL quality level
RT radiographic testing
UT ultrasonic testing
VT visual testing
WC tungsten carbide
4.1 General
The material data sheets (MDSs) are collated in Annex A. They define applicable options and requirements
that supplement or amend the referenced material standard or specification. The material shall be delivered in
accordance with the standard specification referenced in the MDSs including any additional requirements
specified therein. Unless otherwise specified in the MDSs, all the requirements of the referenced standard or
specification shall apply. The latest issue of the referenced standard or specification at the time of purchase
shall apply.
NOTE ASTM standard designations comprising the "M" specification designation for SI units, appear in the MDSs in
an abbreviated form, e.g. ASTM A105/A105M is referenced as ASTM A105 in the MDS.
Welded pipes MDSs specifying acceptance classes give welding quality factors ranging from 0.8 to 1.0
according to ASME B31.3. The required class shall be specified on the piping class sheet and the purchase
order shall specify acceptable class for each relevant item.
The element data sheets (EDSs) are included in Annex B. They define the requirements for special processes
and parts used in connection with manufacturing or assembly of piping and valves. Processes and parts shall
comply with the minimum requirement specified in the EDS and any standard referenced therein.
Each MDS and EDS number consists of a two-letter prefix followed by a three-digit sequential number and a
supplementary requirements suffix.
The first letter is fixed and consists of the letter "I" to indicate an IOGP MDS or EDS.
The second letter identifies the type of material or element with the following interpretation:
C − carbon steels
H – hard facing, by welding, thermal spray, metal plating or use of sintered material
K − copper-nickel alloy 90-10 and other copper alloys including aluminium bronze
L − nickel-alloyed steel
N − nickel alloys
The suffix identifies a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the supplementary
requirements for the following service:
SH – sour service including HIC testing and UT examination, where applicable to the material and product
form
Material data sheets designated with supplementary suffix "S" or "SH" also satisfy all the MDS requirements
for general, non-sour service.
EXAMPLE 1 MDS IC003 designates carbon steel fittings for general, non-sour service, as opposed to
IC003S which designates carbon steel fittings which also comply with the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service, excluding HIC testing.
EXAMPLE 2 MDS IC003SH designates carbon steel fittings complying with the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service plus HIC and UT testing, where applicable.
This specification is not intended to address any statutory regulations. The responsibility for complying with
any such statutory regulations and the specification of any further additional requirements is the responsibility
of the end (equipment) user.
The compositional and microstructural requirements including ferrite content and acceptance criteria for
intermetallic phases and precipitates in parent material and welds are specified in accordance with ISO 17781.
Compliance with ISO 17781 is considered to fulfil the microstructural requirements of ISO 15156-3 /NACE
MR0175-3.
Tensile testing shall in general be carried out in accordance with the referenced standard specifications in the
respective MDS. Where testing to ASTM A370 is specified, testing in accordance with ISO 6892-1 is
considered equivalent and thereby also acceptable. The elongation shall be measured and reported in
accordance with the selected tensile test standard ASTM A370 or ISO 6892-1. For specimens to ASTM A370,
the gauge length shall be 50 mm as far as is practical.
Impact testing shall, in general, be carried out in accordance with the referenced standard specifications in the
respective MDS. Where testing to ASTM A370 is specified, testing in accordance with ISO 148-1 using a striker
radius of 8 mm is considered equivalent and thereby also acceptable.
The impact test temperature for carbon steels and duplex stainless steels is in general specified to be minus
46 °C. The use of a lower test temperature is acceptable, but the specified minimum absorbed energy shall
apply unless otherwise agreed with the end (equipment) user.
Hardness testing shall be performed in strict compliance with the methods described in the MDS and EDS, as
applicable. The use of alternative methods permitted by the product standard and use of conversion tables or
other correlations for individual materials shall require approval of the end (equipment) user. In case of dispute,
the hardness scale stated in the MDS or EDS shall govern. For the purposes of this specification, ASTM E384
is equivalent to ISO 6507-1, ASTM E18 is equivalent to ISO 6508-1 and ASTM E10 is equivalent to
ISO 6506-1. The use of portable hardness testing methods shall require approval by the end (equipment) user.
When allowed by the product standard specifications, hollow cylindrically shaped parts, including valve bodies
for weld-end and integral flanged valves, and pressure-controlling parts of valves, may be manufactured from
cylindrically shaped bars, provided the requirements in the relevant MDS are met in full.
4.7.1 General
Where MDSs specify NDT requirements, this is intended to represent the minimum level of NDT that shall be
performed at the material manufacturing stage.
NDT of fabricated piping systems are not included in the MDSs and additional NDT may be required for valve
components when a quality specification level (QSL) is specified by the purchaser in the valve data sheet or
purchase order documentation. For details of any additional NDT requirements for finished valve components
or piping assembly, reference shall be made to the applicable IOGP valve specification or piping fabrication
specification.
Where MDSs do not specify additional NDT requirements, the relevant material standard shall apply with no
additional requirements except as specified below in this section.
Where a frequency of inspection less than 100 % is specified, at least one item per lot shall be examined. If
defects outside the acceptance criteria are detected, two or more items from the same lot shall be tested and
if any of these two fails, all items in the lot shall be examined.
NDT personnel shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 9712 or ASNT SNT-TC-1A. Personnel performing
NDT evaluation shall be certified according to Level 2. Certification shall be performed by an independent third-
party certification body, or authorized qualifying body in accordance with ISO 9712 or the ASNT Central
Certification Program (ACCP).
4.8.1 General
The casting foundry or manufacturer shall produce a pilot casting (see definition in 3.1.12) prior to the
production of castings, in accordance with MSS SP-147.
The pilot casting may be taken from the first production order of castings, subject to purchaser approval.
Acceptance of a production casting as pilot casting shall require that NDT complies with the requirements for
pilot casting and all testing specified in the MDS for production casting shall be met.
A new pilot casting shall be produced when the casting material is outside the qualification ranges given in
Table 1.
Pilot casting material type Qualification range for pilot casting material
Carbon steel All grades of carbon steel and low alloyed steel
Low-alloy steel All grades of carbon steel and low alloyed steel
Austenitic stainless steel All grades of austenitic stainless steel except 6Mo
22Cr and 25Cr duplex stainless steel All grades of 22Cr and 25Cr duplex stainless steel
6Mo stainless steel All grades of 6Mo and austenitic stainless steel and Ni-alloys
Nickel alloys All grades of austenitic stainless steel including 6Mo and Ni-alloys
All accessible internal and external surfaces of the pilot casting shall be inspected by VT, PT or MT. The extent
of volumetric inspection shall be in accordance with the applicable casting MDS. The acceptance criteria shall
be as stated in the applicable casting MDS, unless agreed otherwise with the end (equipment) user.
A pilot casting that fails to comply with the requirements of the MDS shall be rejected. Corrective actions shall
be implemented by the casting foundry/manufacturer and a new pilot casting shall be made to confirm
effectiveness of the corrective actions.
Upon completion of all required examinations and tests, the documentation for the pilot casting shall be
retained and be available for review at the casting foundry/manufacturer.
4.9.1
Materials exposed to low temperature and cryogenic service shall be impact tested in accordance with the
applicable design code, in addition to the requirement of the MDS.
4.9.2
Procedures for hard facing by overlay welding of parts exposed to low temperature and cryogenic service shall
be impact tested at the design minimum temperature specified for the parent metal by the applicable design
code with test sampling and location in accordance with the EDS.
4.10.1
Material for service designated as high pressure service shall comply with the requirements of ASME B31.3,
Chapter IX, which amend the MDS, and the following provisions.
4.10.2
Sampling of impact test specimens for 22Cr and 25Cr duplex stainless steels wrought products shall comply
with the MDS.
4.10.3
Location and orientation of impact test specimens for bars intended for machining of valve parts in high
pressure service shall be in accordance with the MDS.
4.10.4
Acceptance criteria for 22Cr and 25Cr duplex stainless steels shall be according to ISO 17781 QL I.
Annex A
(normative)
Material data sheets
The material data sheets are listed in Table A.1 and compiled in this annex.
Type of material Material standard and grade(s) Product form MDS No. MDS
rev.
Ferritic- austenitic ASTM A790 UNS S31803, UNS S32205 Seamless pipes ID141 01
stainless steel type
22Cr Duplex ASTM A928 UNS S31803, UNS S32205 Welded pipes ID142 01
Table A.1 — List of material data sheets per type of material (continued)
Type of material Material standard and grade(s) Product form MDS No. MDS
rev.
Ferritic- austenitic ASTM A790 UNS S32550, UNS S32750, Seamless pipes ID251 01
stainless steel type UNS S32760
25Cr Duplex
ASTM A928 UNS S32550, UNS S32750, Welded pipes ID252 01
UNS S32760
ASTM A815 UNS S32550, UNS S32750, Wrought fittings ID253 01
UNS S32760
ASTM A182 Grade F53 (UNS S32750), Forgings ID254 02
Grade F55 (UNS S32760), Grade F61
(UNS S32550)
ASTM A240 UNS S32550, UNS S32750, Plates ID255 01
UNS S32760
ASTM A995 Grade 6A (UNS J93380), Castings ID256 01
Grade 5A (UNS J93404)
ASTM A276 / ASTM A479 UNS S32550, Bars ID257 01
UNS S32750, UNS S32760
ASTM A789 UNS S32550, UNS S32750, Tubes ID258 01
UNS S32760
ASTM A1082 (modified) UNS S32750, Bolting ID259 01
UNS S32760 (strain hardened)
ASTM A1082 UNS S32750, UNS S32760 Bolting ID260 01
(solution annealed)
ASTM A988 UNS S32750, UNS S32750, HIP products ID269 01
UNS S32505
Copper- nickel 90-10 EEMUA 234 Grade 7060X Seamless pipes and tubes IK101 02
EEMUA 234 Grade 7060X Welded pipes IK102 02
EEMUA 234 Grade 7060X Wrought fittings IK103 02
EEMUA 234 Grade 7060X Flanges IK104 02
ASTM B171 UNS C70600 Plates and sheets IK105 02
ASTM B151 UNS C70600 Bars and rods IK107 02
Aluminium - bronze ASTM B148 UNS C95800 Castings IK106 01
ASTM B124 UNS C63000 Forgings IK204 01
ASTM B150 UNS C63200 Bars and rods IK207 01
Nickel alloys ASTM F467 UNS N06625 Grade 2 Nuts IN100S a 01
a
ASTM F468 UNS N06625 Studs, bolts, screws IN100S 01
a
ASTM B705 UNS N06625 Welded pipes IN102S 01
ASTM B366 UNS N06625 Wrought fittings IN103S a 01
a
ASTM B564 UNS N06625 Forgings IN104S 01
a
ASTM B443 UNS N06625 Plates IN105S 01
ASTM A494 Grade CW6MC, CX2MW Castings IN106S a 02
Table A.1 — List of material data sheets per type of material (continued)
Type of material Material standard and grade(s) Product form MDS No. MDS
rev.
Nickel alloys ASTM B446 UNS N06625 Bars IN107S a 01
(continued)
ASTM B444 UNS N06625 Seamless pipes and tubes IN111S a 01
ASTM B834 UNS N06625 Grade 1 HIP products IN119S a 01
a
ASTM A962, API STD 6ACRA Grade 120K Bolting IN120S 01
ASTM B423 UNS N08825 Seamless pipes and tubes IN201S a 01
ASTM B705 UNS N08825 Welded pipes IN202S a 01
ASTM B366 UNS N08825 Wrought fittings IN203S a 01
ASTM B564 UNS N08825 Forgings IN204S a 01
ASTM B424 UNS N08825 Plates IN205S a 01
ASTM A494 Grade CU5MCuC Castings IN206S a 01
ASTM B425 UNS N08825 Bars IN207S a 01
Austenitic stainless ASTM A312 UNS S31254, UNS N08367, Seamless pipes IR111 01
steel type 6Mo UNS N08926
ASTM A358 UNS S31254, UNS N08367, Welded pipes IR112 01
UNS N08926
ASTM A403 UNS S31254, UNS N08367, Wrought fittings IR113 01
UNS N08926
ASTM A182 Grade F44 (UNS S31254), F62 Forgings IR114 01
(UNS N08367), UNS N08926
ASTM A240 UNS S31254, UNS N08367, Plates IR115 02
UNS N08926
ASTM A351 Grade CK3MCuN, CN3MN Castings IR116 01
ASTM A276 / ASTM A479 UNS S31254, Bars IR117 01
UNS N08367, UNS N08926
ASTM A269 UNS S31254, UNS N08367, Tubes IR118 01
UNS N08926
ASTM A988 UNS S31254, UNS N08367 HIP products IR119 01
Austenitic stainless ASTM A312 Grade TP316 Seamless pipes IS101 01
steel type 316
ASTM A312 Grade TP316 Welded pipes IS102 01
ASTM A358 Grade 316 Welded pipes IS102 01
ASTM A403 Grade WP316 Wrought fittings IS103 01
ASTM A182 Grade F316 Forgings IS104 01
ASTM A240 Grade 316 Plates IS105 01
ASTM A351 Grade CF3M, CF8M Castings IS106 01
ASTM A276 / ASTM A479 Grade 316 Bars IS107 01
ASTM A269 Grade 316 Tubes IS108 01
ASTM A193 Grade B8M, B8M2, B8MA Studs, bolts, screws IS109 01
ASTM A194 Grade 8M, 8MA Nuts IS109 01
ASTM A320 Grade B8M, B8MA Studs, bolts, screws IS109 01
Table A.1 — List of material data sheets per type of material (continued)
Type of material Material standard and grade(s) Product form MDS No. MDS
rev.
Austenitic stainless ASTM A312 Grade TP304 Seamless pipes IS221 01
steel type 304
ASTM A312 Grade TP304 Welded pipes IS222 01
ASTM A358 Grade 304 Welded pipes IS222 01
ASTM A403 Grade WP304 Wrought fittings IS223 01
ASTM A182 Grade F304 Forgings IS224 01
ASTM A240 Grade 304 Plates IS225 01
ASTM A351 Grade CF3, CF8 Castings IS226 01
ASTM A276 / ASTM A479 Grade 304 Bars IS227 01
ASTM A269 Grade 304 Tubes IS228 01
Austenitic stainless ASTM A312 Grade TP321, TP347 Seamless pipes IS301 01
steel, stabilized
grade ASTM A312 / ASTM A358 Grade TP321,
Welded pipes IS302 01
TP347
ASTM A403 Grade WP321, WP347 Wrought fittings IS303 01
ASTM A182 Grade F321, F347 Forgings IS304 01
ASTM A240 Grade 321, 347 Plates IS305 01
ASTM A351 Grade CF8C Castings IS306 01
ASTM A276 / ASTM A479 Grade 321, 347 Bars IS307 01
ASTM A269 Grade TP321, TP347 Tubes IS308 01
ASTM A312 Grade TP321H, TP347H Seamless pipes IS321 01
ASTM A312 / ASTM A358 Grade TP321H,
Welded pipes IS322 01
TP347H
ASTM A403 Grade WP321H, WP347H Wrought fittings IS323 01
ASTM A182 Grade F347H, F321H Forgings IS324 01
ASTM A240 Grade 321H, 347H Plates IS325 01
ASTM A479 Grade 321H, 347H Bars IS327 01
Austenitic stainless ASTM A182 F XM-19 (UNS S20910) Forgings IS404 01
steel, 200-series
ASTM A276 / ASTM A479 XM-19 (UNS
Bars IS407 01
S20910)
Martensitic stainless ASTM A182 F6A Forgings IM104 01
steel
ASTM A217 CA15 (UNS J91150) Castings IM106 01
ASTM A276 / ASTM A479 410 (UNS
Bars IM107 01
S41000)
ASTM A276 420 (UNS S42000) Bars IM127 01
Martensitic stainless ASTM A705 Grade 630 (UNS S17400) Forgings IU604 01
steel, precipitation-
hardened ASTM A564 Grade 630 (UNS S17400) Bars IU607 01
Table A.1 — List of material data sheets per type of material (continued)
Type of material Material standard and grade(s) Product form MDS No. MDS
rev.
3.5% nickel alloyed ASTM A333 Grade 3 Seamless pipes IL101 01
steel
ASTM A671 CFE 70 Welded pipes IL102 01
ASTM A420 WPL3, WPL3W Wrought fittings IL103 01
ASTM A350 LF3 Forgings IL104 01
ASTM A203 Grade D, E Plate IL105 01
ASTM A352 LC3 (UNS J31550) Castings IL106 01
ASTM A334 Grade 3 Tubes IL108 01
Titanium Grade 2 ASTM B861 Grade 2 Seamless pipes IT101 01
ASTM B862 Grade 2 Welded pipes IT102 01
ASTM B363 Grade WPT2/WPT2W Wrought fittings IT103 01
ASTM B381 Grade F2 Forgings IT104 01
ASTM B265 Grade 2 Plates IT105 01
ASTM B367 Grade C2 Castings IT106 01
ASTM B348 Grade 2 Bars IT107 01
ASTM B338 Grade 2 Tubes IT108 01
Precipitation ASTM A453 Grade 660 (UNS S66286) Bolting IU100 01
-hardened stainless
steel (austenitic)
High strength low ASTM A320 Grade L7, L7M, L43 Studs, bolts, screws (HDG) IX100 01
alloy steel
ASTM A194 Grade 7, 7M, L43 Nuts (HDG) IX100 01
ASTM A320 Grade L7, L7M, L43 Studs, bolts, screws (black IX109 01
or uncoated)
ASTM A194 Grade 7, 7M Nuts (black or uncoated) IX109 01
ASTM A193 Grade B7, B7M Studs, bolts, screws (black IX110 01
or uncoated)
ASTM A194 Grade 2H, 2HM Nuts (black or uncoated) IX110 01
ASTM A193 Grade B7, B7M Studs, bolts, screws (HDG) IX120 01
ASTM A194 Grade 2H, 2HM Nuts (HDG) IX120 01
ASTM A694 Grade F52, F60, F65 Forgings IX124 01
ASTM A29 Grade 4140, F52, F60, F65 Bars IX127 01
1¼ Cr ½ Mo alloy ASTM A335 P11 Seamless pipes IV101 01
steel
ASTM A691 1¼ Cr Welded pipes IV102 01
ASTM A234 WP11 Wrought fittings IV103 01
ASTM A182 F11 Forgings IV104 01
ASTM A387 Grade 11 Plate IV105 01
ASTM A217 WC6 Castings IV106 01
ASTM A739 B11 Bars IV107 01
Table A.1 — List of material data sheets per type of material (continued)
Type of material Material standard and grade(s) Product form MDS No. MDS
rev.
2¼ Cr 1 Mo alloy ASTM A335 P22 Seamless pipes IV201 01
steel
ASTM A691 2¼ Cr Welded pipes IV202 01
ASTM A234 WP22 Wrought fittings IV203 01
ASTM A182 F22 Forgings IV204 01
ASTM A387 Grade 22 Plate IV205 01
ASTM A217 WC9 Castings IV206 01
ASTM A739 B22 Bars IV207 01
NOTE The supplementary suffix “S” is added to the MDS designation to indicate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS
plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour service, but excluding HIC testing and UT examination. The supplementary
suffix “SH” is added to the MDS designation to indicate a material complying with the MDS including the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service plus HIC testing and UT examination, where applicable to the product form. Supplementary suffix "K" is
added to the MDS designation to indicate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
a
MDSs for Ni-alloy are designated with supplementary suffix “S” only.
Chemical For ASTM A106 supplementary requirement, S6 applies with the following restrictions:
composition C ≤ 0.23 %, S ≤ 0.020 %, P ≤ 0.025 %, CE ≤ 0.43 %.
The following restrictions apply to API 5L pipes:
C ≤ 0.23 %, CE ≤ 0.43 %.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification S ≤ 0.010 %
requirements) a
Hardness testing
Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Metal making API 5L Grade B PSL1 pipe steel shall be killed and made according to fine grain practice.
Manufacturing – The longitudinal weld shall be straight and made using the SAW process.
– The weld metal shall be mild steel analysis A-No.1 as per ASME BPVC, Sec. IX, Table QW-442.
Heat treatment For products delivered in the tempered condition, the minimum tempering temperature shall be 620 °C
(1 148 °F).
Repairs to weld metal are acceptable in accordance with the standard specification and shall meet the
chemistry requirements of the original manufacturing weld.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification S ≤ 0.003 %
requirements)
a, b Ni < 1.0 % for the weld metal
Hardness testing
– Welding procedure qualification testing for manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the
requirements of NACE MR0175-2/ISO 15156-2, section 7.3.3, using Vickers method, with a maximum
hardness of 250HV.
– Production testing shall be performed on one length of pipe per lot as follows.
Vickers hardness traverse shall be made across the base material, HAZ and weld metal at both ends of
the pipe to include the centre of the pipe wall and 1.0 mm - 2.0 mm below the internal and external
surfaces, with a maximum hardness of 250HV.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service, but excluding HIC testing and UT examination.
b
The supplementary suffix “SH” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service plus HIC testing and UT examination.
Chemical Supplementary requirement ASTM A234 S3 applies with the following restrictions:
composition C ≤ 0.23 %, S ≤ 0.020 %, P ≤ 0.025 %, CE ≤ 0.43 %.
Heat treatment Normalized or normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered. For products delivered in the tempered
condition, the minimum tempering temperature shall be 620 °C (1 148 °F).
All hot formed or forged fittings, including those manufactured by locally heating a portion of the fitting stock,
shall be heat treated after manufacture.
Tensile testing Tensile testing shall be carried out on specimens cut from a fitting where dimensions permit. When removal of
specimens is not possible due to the size of the fitting, a prolongation or a length of starting material that has
been heat treated in the same heat treatment load as the fittings it represents shall be used.
Repairs to weld metal are acceptable in accordance with the standard specification and shall meet the
chemistry requirements of the original manufacturing weld.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification – S ≤ 0.010 % for WPB and WPBW fittings made from products other than flat-rolled or forged
requirements) a, b
– S ≤ 0.003 % for WPBW fitting made from flat-rolled products
– S ≤ 0.020 % for WPB fitting made from forging
Hardness testing
WPB fittings production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in
ASTM A234.
Hardness testing for WPBW fittings:
– Welding procedure qualification testing for manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the
requirements of NACE MR0175-2/ISO 15156-2, section 7.3.3, using Vickers method, with a maximum
hardness of 250HV.
– Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A234 and shall
include parent material, weld and HAZ.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2 /NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service, but excluding HIC testing and UT examination.
b
The supplementary suffix “SH” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service plus HIC testing and UT examination.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A105.
requirements) a
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification S ≤ 0.003 %
requirements) a, b
Hardness testing
Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on one plate
per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Marking The plates shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service, but excluding HIC testing and UT examination.
b
The supplementary suffix “SH” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service plus HIC testing and UT examination.
For steel castings produced by the investment casting process, the requirements of ASTM A985 and this
MDS shall apply.
Chemical Supplementary requirements ASTM A216 S50 and S52 apply with the following restrictions:
composition C ≤ 0.23 %, S ≤ 0.020 %, P ≤ 0.025 %, CE ≤ 0.43 %.
Heat treatment For products delivered in the tempered condition, the minimum tempering temperature shall be 620 °C
(1 148 °F).
Extent of testing ASTM A703 S14 or ASTM A985 S14 shall apply.
Test sampling For castings with weight 250 kg (551 lb) or more the test blocks shall be integrally cast or gated onto the
casting and shall accompany the castings through all heat treatment operations including any post weld stress
relieving. Thickness of the test block shall be equal to the thickest part of the casting represented up to a
maximum thickness of 100 mm (4 in). For flanged components, the largest flange thickness is the ruling
section. Dimensions of test blocks and location of test specimens within the test blocks are shown in figure
below for integral and gated test block. The test specimens shall be taken within the cross hatched area.
Distance from end of test specimen to end of test block shall minimum be T/4.
For investment casting, test sampling shall be according to ASTM A985. Test blocks shall accompany the
castings through all heat treatment operations including any post weld stress relieving.
Repair of defects ASTM A703 or ASTM A985, as applicable, supplementary requirement S20 shall apply with the following
additional requirements:
– Repairs as described in ASTM A216, sections 10.2 and 10.3 shall be considered major repairs and shall
be documented in accordance with ASTM A703 or ASTM A985 S20.2.
– The repair welding procedure shall be qualified in accordance with ASTM A488 or ISO 11970 and this
data sheet using a cast plate.
– Weld repairs are not acceptable for castings that leak during pressure testing.
– Examination of major repair welds on pressure containing parts shall also include RT.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Marking The castings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Heat treatment Normalized or normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered. For products delivered in the tempered
condition, the minimum tempering temperature shall be 620 °C (1 148 °F).
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification S ≤ 0.020 %, Ni < 1.0 %
requirements) a
Hardness testing
Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on the end
surface of one bar per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Heat treatment During the heat treatment process, pipes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around
each pipe including any quenching operation.
For products delivered in the tempered condition, the minimum tempering temperature shall be 620 °C
(1 148 °F).
Impact testing / Impact testing is required for thickness ≥ 6 mm (0.236 in); for pipes with a weld end, the weld end
toughness testing thickness shall govern.
The test temperature shall be minus 46 °C (-50 °F).
The minimum absorbed energy for full size specimens shall be 27 J (20 ft lbf) average and 20 J (15 ft lbf)
single.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification S ≤ 0.010 %
requirements) a
Hardness testing
Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Welded pipes ASTM A671 CC60 Cl. 12 ASTM A671 S2, S7, S14
Cl. 22 or Cl. 32 or Cl.42
ASTM A671 CC65 Cl. 12 ASTM A671 S2, S7, S14
Cl. 22 or Cl. 32 or Cl.42
ASTM A671 CC70 Cl. 12 ASTM A671 S2, S7, S14
Cl. 22 or Cl. 32 or Cl.42
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Manufacturing The longitudinal weld shall be straight and made using the SAW process.
The weld metal shall be mild steel analysis A-No.1 per ASME BPVC, Sec. IX, Table QW-442.
Heat treatment During the heat treatment process, pipes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around
each pipe including any quenching operation.
Impact testing / Impact testing is required for thickness ≥ 6 mm (0.236 in); for pipes with a weld end, the weld end
toughness testing thickness shall govern.
The test temperature shall be minus 46 °C (-50 °F).
The minimum absorbed energy for full size specimens shall be 27 J (20 ft lbf) average and 20 J (15 ft lbf)
single.
Extent of testing For products delivered in the tempered condition, the minimum tempering temperature shall be 620 °C
(1 148 °F).
Impact testing per ASTM A671 supplementary requirement S2, as modified by this MDS, shall also be carried
out per lot (ASTM A671 supplementary requirement S14 shall apply for lot definition).
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification S ≤ 0.003 %
requirements) a, b
Ni < 1.0 % for the weld metal
Hardness testing
– Welding procedure qualification testing for manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the
requirements of NACE MR0175-2/ISO 15156-2, section 7.3.3, using Vickers method, with a maximum
hardness of 250 HV.
– Production testing shall be performed on one length of pipe per lot as follows.
Vickers hardness traverse shall be made across the base material, HAZ and weld metal at both ends of
the pipe to include the centre of the pipe wall and 1,0 mm - 2,0 mm (0.04 in - 0.08 in) below the internal
and external surfaces, with a maximum hardness of 250 HV.
Welded pipes ASTM A671 CC60 Cl. 12 ASTM A671 S2, S7, S14
Cl. 22 or Cl. 32 or Cl.42
ASTM A671 CC65 Cl. 12 ASTM A671 S2, S7, S14
Cl. 22 or Cl. 32 or Cl.42
ASTM A671 CC70 Cl. 12 ASTM A671 S2, S7, S14
Cl. 22 or Cl. 32 or Cl.42
Page 2 of 2
Sour service HIC testing and UT examination
(additional When suffix SH applies, one finished pipe per ASTM A671 S14 (lot) shall be tested as follows.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, – HIC testing:
testing and • HIC testing in accordance with NACE TM0284, using Test Solution A.
certification • Acceptance criteria per specimen shall be CLR ≤ 15 %, CTR ≤ 5 %, CSR ≤ 2 %.
requirements) a, b
(continued)
• Maximum individual crack length shall be reported for each section.
– UT examination:
• ASTM A671, S11 shall apply.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service, but excluding HIC testing and UT examination.
b
The supplementary suffix “SH” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service plus HIC testing and UT examination.
Heat treatment During the heat treatment process, fittings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around
each fitting including any quenching operation.
All hot formed or forged fittings, including those manufactured by locally heating a portion of the fitting stock,
shall be heat treated after manufacture.
For products delivered in the tempered condition, the minimum tempering temperature shall be 620 °C
(1 148 °F).
Tensile testing ASTM A960 supplementary requirement S51 shall apply as amended by this MDS. Tensile testing shall be
carried out on specimens cut from a fitting where dimensions permit. When removal of specimens is not
possible due to the size of the fitting, a prolongation or a length of starting material that has been heat treated
in the same heat treatment load as the fittings it represents shall be used.
Impact testing / Impact testing is required for thickness ≥ 6 mm (0.236 in); for fittings with a weld end, the weld end
toughness testing thickness shall govern.
The test temperature shall be minus 46 °C (-50 °F).
The minimum absorbed energy for full size specimens shall be 27 J (20 ft lbf) average and 20 J (15 ft lbf)
single.
Hardness testing ASTM A960 supplementary requirement S57 shall apply with the following requirements: hardness testing
shall be carried out on a minimum two fittings, including parent material, weld and HAZ, for each test lot, and
shall not exceed 197 HBW.
Extent of testing Impact testing shall also be carried out for each heat and heat treatment load.
Hardness testing
For WPL6W fittings, in addition to the hardness testing requirement in the MDS, welding procedure
qualification testing for manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the requirements of
NACE MR0175-2/ISO 15156-2, section 7.3.3, using Vickers method, with a maximum hardness of 250HV.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Marking The fittings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service, but excluding HIC testing and UT examination.
b
The supplementary suffix “SH” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service plus HIC testing and UT examination.
Chemical Supplementary requirement ASTM A350 S6 applies with the following restrictions:
composition C ≤ 0.23 %, S ≤ 0.020 %, P ≤ 0.025 %, CE ≤ 0.43 %.
LF2 forgings: microalloying elements (Nb, V, Ti, B) shall not be deliberately added.
Heat treatment During the heat treatment process, forgings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around
each forging including any quenching operation. For products delivered in the tempered condition, the
minimum tempering temperature shall be 620 °C (1 148 °F).
Impact testing / Impact testing is required for thickness ≥ 6 mm (0.236 in); for forgings with a weld end, the weld end
toughness testing thickness shall govern.
The test temperature shall be minus 46 °C (-50 °F) for grade LF2 and minus 51 °C (-60 °F) for grade LF6.
The minimum absorbed energy for full size specimens shall be 27 J (20 ft lbf) average and 20 J (15 ft lbf)
single.
Extent of testing One set of tensile, impact and hardness testing shall be carried out for each heat and heat treatment load. A
test lot shall not exceed 2 000 kg (4 400 lb) for forgings with as forged weight up to 50 kg (110 lb), and
5 000 kg (11 000 lb) for forgings with as forged weight > 50 kg (110 lb).
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A350.
requirements) a
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Heat treatment During the heat treatment process, components shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation
around each plate including any quenching operation.
Impact testing / Impact testing is required for thickness ≥ 6 mm (0.236 in). The test temperature shall be minus 46 °C (-50 °F).
toughness testing The minimum absorbed energy for full size specimens shall be 27 J (20 ft lbf) average and 20 J (15 ft lbf)
single.
The test specimen shall be taken in the longitudinal orientation to the final direction of rolling.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification S ≤ 0.003 %
requirements) a, b
Hardness testing
Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on one plate
per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Marking The plates shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service, but excluding HIC testing and UT examination.
b
The supplementary suffix “SH” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service plus HIC testing and UT examination.
Heat treatment During the heat treatment process, castings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around
each casting including possible quenching operation.
For products delivered in the tempered condition, the minimum tempering temperature shall be 620 °C
(1 148 °F).
Impact testing / ASTM A703 supplementary requirement S8 shall apply. Impact testing shall be performed at a minimum
toughness temperature of -46 °C (-50 °F). Acceptance criteria shall be 27 J (20 ft lbf) average, 20 J (15 ft lbf) single.
testing
Test sampling Test blocks shall be integrally cast or gated onto the casting and shall accompany the castings through all
heat treatment operations including any post weld stress relieving.
Thickness of the test block shall be equal to the thickest part of the casting represented up to a maximum
thickness of 100 mm (4 in). For flanged components, the largest flange thickness is the ruling section.
Dimensions of test blocks and location of test specimens within the test blocks are shown in the figure below
for integral and gated test block. The test specimens shall be taken within the cross hatched area. Distance
from end of test specimen to end of test block shall minimum be T/4.
Radiographic testing
ASTM A352 supplementary requirement S5 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification – Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in
requirements) a, b ASTM A370/A1058 on the pilot casting and one casting per lot thereafter. The maximum hardness shall
be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
– Welding procedure qualification testing for all repair welding shall meet the requirements of
NACE MR0175 2/ISO 15156-2, section 7.3.3, using Vickers method, with a maximum hardness of 250HV.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Marking The castings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Heat treatment Normalized or normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered as a separate operation.
For products delivered in the tempered condition, the minimum tempering temperature shall be 620 °C
(1 148 °F).
During the heat treatment process, bars shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around
each bar including any quenching operation.
Impact testing / Impact testing is required for thickness ≥ 6 mm (0.236 in); for bars with a weld end, the weld end
toughness testing thickness shall govern.
The test temperature shall be minus 46 °C (-50 °F).
The minimum absorbed energy for full size specimens shall be 27 J (20 ft lbf) average and 21 J (15 ft lbf)
single.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification S ≤ 0.020 %, Ni < 1.0 %
requirements) a
Hardness testing
Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
the end surface of one bar per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Heat treatment The pipes shall be solution annealed followed by rapid cooling.
Pipes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
pipe during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781.
Extent of testing One tensile, one set of impact tests, one corrosion test and one micrographic examination including ferrite
measurements shall be carried out for each heat and heat treatment lot.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 28HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– The MPS identification or the MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quenching medium shall be stated (holding time is
not applicable for pipes produced hot finished and direct quenched).
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Welded pipes ASTM A928 UNS S31803 Class 1, 3, 4 and 5 ASTM A928 S3, S4
ASTM A928 UNS S32205 Class 1, 3, 4 and 5 ASTM A928 S3, S4
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Welding The WPS shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC, Sec. IX or ISO 15614-1, include the same
examinations as for the production testing and fulfil the acceptance criteria of ISO 17781. The qualification
shall be carried out on the same material grade (UNS number) as used in production. Change of specific
make (brand name) of welding consumables shall require requalification.
Heat treatment The pipes shall be solution annealed followed by rapid cooling.
Pipes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
pipe during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781.
Extent of testing One tensile, one set of impact tests, one corrosion test and one micrographic examination including ferrite
measurement shall be carried out for each heat and heat treatment lot.
A lot of pipe is defined as the quantity of product not exceeding the lot definition in the standard and from the
same heat, same processing conditions including weld procedure and same heat treatment load. For
continuous furnaces, the lot definition shall comply with the product standards.
Welded pipes ASTM A928 UNS S31803 Class 1, 3, 4 and 5 ASTM A928 S3, S4
ASTM A928 UNS S32205 Class 1, 3, 4 and 5 ASTM A928 S3, S4
Page 2 of 2
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification − Welding procedure qualification testing for manufacturing and repair welding shall require hardness
requirements) a testing. Hardness surveys shall comply with NACE MR0103/ISO 17945, section 13.8.2, using Vickers
method with a maximum hardness of 310HV (average), 320HV (single value).
− Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on one
length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness of the base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 28HRC
from three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Manufacturer of the starting material.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Wrought fittings ASTM A815 UNS S31803 WP-W, WP-S or WP-WX ASTM A815 S2, S7
ASTM A815 UNS S32205 WP-W, WP-S or WP-WX ASTM A815 S2, S7
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Welding The WPS shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC, Sec. IX or ISO 15614-1 and shall include the
same examinations as for the base material and shall meet the acceptance criteria of ISO 17781. The
qualification shall be carried out on the same material grade (UNS number) as used in production. Change of
specific make (brand name) of welding consumables shall require requalification.
Heat treatment The fittings shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Fittings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
fitting during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Tensile testing Supplementary requirement S2 shall apply. Tensile testing shall be carried out on specimens cut from a fitting
where dimensions permit. When removal of specimens is not possible due to the size of the fitting, a
prolongation or a length of starting material that has been heat treated in the same heat treatment load as the
fittings it represents shall be used.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781.
Extent of testing One tensile, impact tests and corrosion test and one micrographic examination including ferrite measurement
shall be carried out for each lot as defined below.
A test lot shall include all fittings from the same heat and heat treatment load, with a wall thickness range
of ±5 mm (±0.2 in) and, where applicable, welded with the same WPS.
Production hardness testing in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A815 shall be carried out on two
fittings per lot. When only one fitting is produced, it shall be hardness tested as required.
Wrought fittings ASTM A815 UNS S31803 WP-W, WP-S or WP-WX ASTM A815 S2, S7
ASTM A815 UNS S32205 WP-W, WP-S or WP-WX ASTM A815 S2, S7
Page 2 of 2
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification − Welding procedure qualification testing for manufacturing and repair welding shall require hardness
requirements) a testing. Hardness surveys shall comply with NACE MR0103/ISO 17945, section 13.8.2, using Vickers
method with a maximum hardness of 310HV (average), 320HV (single value).
− Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on two
fittings per lot. When only one fitting is produced, it shall be hardness tested as required. The maximum
hardness of the base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 28HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished fittings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The fittings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer of the starting material for the finished product.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Heat treatment The forgings shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Forgings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
component during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781 for forging with weld ends. Test specimens shall be taken from the surface and the centre of the
forging with no weld ends.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781 for forging with weld ends. Test
specimens shall be taken from the surface and the centre of the forging with no weld ends and shall sample
an area of 10 mm (0.4 in) by 10 mm (0.4 in) minimum.
Extent of testing One tensile, impact tests and corrosion test, and one micrographic examination including ferrite measurement
shall be carried out for each heat and heat treatment load.
The testing shall be carried out on the forgings with heaviest wall thickness within the heat treatment load.
A test lot shall not exceed 2 000 kg (4 400 lb) for forgings with as forged weight up to 50 kg (110 lb), and
5 000 kg (11 000 lb) for forgings with as forged weight > 50 kg (110 lb).
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a two forgings per lot. When only one part is produced, it shall be hardness tested as required. The maximum
hardness shall be 28HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished forgings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– The MPS identification or the MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quenching medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Heat treatment The plates shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Plates shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
plate during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Tensile testing Tensile test specimens shall be sampled in the transverse orientation to the direction of final rolling.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781.
Extent of testing One tensile, one set of impact tests, one corrosion test and one micrographic examination including ferrite
measurement shall be carried out for each heat of steel and heat treatment lot.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on one plate
requirements) a per lot. For coil, tests shall be carried out at both ends of the coil. The maximum hardness shall be 28HRC
from three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The plates, sheets or strips shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Castings ASTM A995 4A (UNS J92205) - ASTM A995 S5, S6, S11,
ASTM A703 S20
Page 1 of 3
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Metal making The melt shall be refined by AOD or equivalent method. Induction melting of AOD refined ingot or equally
refined scrap as permitted by ISO 17782 is regarded to be equivalent to AOD refined materials.
Heat treatment The castings shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Castings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
casting during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781.
Extent of testing One tensile, one set of impact tests, one corrosion test and one micrographic examination including ferrite
measurement shall be carried out for each heat of steel and heat treatment load (including any PWHT).
A test lot shall not exceed 5 000 kg (11 000 lb) in weight.
Test sampling The test blocks shall be in compliance with ISO 17781.
Castings ASTM A995 4A (UNS J92205) - ASTM A995 S5, S6, S11,
ASTM A703 S20
Page 2 of 3
Non-destructive Liquid penetrant testing
testing (continued) ASTM A995 supplementary requirement S6 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
Radiographic testing
ASTM A995 supplementary requirement S5 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
Castings ASTM A995 4A (UNS J92205) - ASTM A995 S5, S6, S11,
ASTM A703 S20
Page 3 of 3
Repair of defects All major repairs as defined by ASTM A995 shall be documented in accordance with ASTM A703
supplementary requirement S20.2.
The repair welding procedure shall be qualified in accordance with ASTM A488 or ISO 11970 and the
following:
– Welding procedure shall be qualified on the same cast material grade (UNS number) as used in
production.
– Change of specific make of filler metal (brand names) requires requalification for SMAW and
FCAW processes.
– Microstructure examination, ferrite measurement, Charpy V-notch and corrosion tests shall be carried out
in accordance with ISO 17781.
Examination of major repair welds on pressure containing parts shall also include RT. Weld repairs are not
acceptable for castings that leak during pressure testing.
Post weld heat treatment is required after all weld repairs.
If a minor cosmetic repair is required, heat treatment may be excluded providing the welding procedure meets
all the specified microstructural, mechanical and corrosion material requirements of this data sheet in the as-
welded condition.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification − Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM
requirements) a A370/A1058 on the pilot casting and one casting per lot thereafter. The maximum hardness shall be
28HRC from three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
− Welding procedure qualification testing for all repair welding shall require hardness testing. Hardness
surveys shall comply with NACE MR0103/ISO 17945, section 13.8.2, using Vickers method with a
maximum hardness of 310HV (average), 320HV (single value).
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished castings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The castings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– The MPS identification or the MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel melting and refining practice.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quenching medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Tensile testing Where tensile testing in both directions is required by this MDS, all tensile tests shall meet the specified
properties of the referenced standard specification in both directions. The centreline of tensile specimen shall
be located at a distance from the bar OD in accordance with ASTM A370, Annex A.
Impact testing / Except as modified in the MDS, sampling and acceptance criteria shall comply with ISO 17781 QL II.
toughness testing Where impact testing in the tangential direction is required by this MDS, the acceptance criteria shall be 45 J
(33 ft lbf) average, 35 J (26 ft lbf) minimum single.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781. Test specimens shall be taken from the surface and the centre of the bar.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781. Test specimens shall be taken from
the surface and the centre of the bar and sample an area of 10 mm (0.4 in) by 10 mm (0.4 in) minimum.
Extent of testing Tensile, impact tests and corrosion tests, and one micrographic examination including ferrite measurements
shall be carried out for each lot as defined in ASTM A484.
Test sampling The mid-length of axial (longitudinal) and tangential (transverse) specimens shall be located at a distance
equal to the bar outside diameter or minimum of 100 mm (4 in) , whichever is the greater, from the end of the
bar.
Valve parts manufactured from bar
For bars with outside diameter ≥ 100 mm (4 in) intended for machining of valve parts, in addition to tensile
testing and impact testing in the longitudinal direction, one tensile test specimen and one set of three impact
test specimens shall be taken in the tangential direction. Acceptance criteria shall comply with this MDS.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) the end surface of one bar per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 28HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– The MPS identification or the MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer of starting material.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quenching medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Heat treatment The tubes shall be solution annealed followed by rapid cooling.
Tubes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
tube during the heat treatment process including rapid cooling.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and the acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781.
Extent of testing Tensile testing, one set of impact tests and corrosion test, and one micrographic examination including ferrite
measurement shall be carried out for each lot as defined in the standard for mechanical tests.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one tube per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 28HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer of the starting material.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced ASTM
standard specification.
Product covered by this MDS is limited to a maximum thickness of 300 mm (12 in). For thickness exceeding
300 mm (12 in), requirements shall be subject to agreement.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Metal making Gas atomized powder made from AOD-refined metal. Powder blends shall be a homogenous mixture of
powder heats in terms of composition, particle size and other properties.
Heat treatment The HIP product shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Products shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
fitting during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and the acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781 for HIP product with weld ends. Test specimens shall be taken from the surface and the centre of
the product with no weld ends.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781 for HIP product with weld ends. Test
specimens shall be taken from the surface and the centre of the product with no weld ends and shall sample
an area of 10 mm (0.4 in) by 10 mm (0.4 in) minimum.
Extent of testing One tensile, one set of impact tests, one corrosion test and one microstructure examination including ferrite
measurement shall be carried out for each lot. A lot shall include all products from a single powder blend,
same manufacturing procedure and same heat treatment load.
Page 2 of 2
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a two parts per lot. When only one part is produced, it shall be hardness tested as required. The maximum
hardness shall be 25HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished components shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The powder blend shall have a unique identity marked on the powder container and this identity shall be
recorded and maintained throughout production of the product. The components shall be marked to ensure
full traceability to lot as defined in this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer of the starting material (powder) for the finished product.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Heat treatment The pipes shall be solution annealed followed by rapid cooling.
Pipes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
pipe during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781.
Extent of testing One tensile, one set of impact tests, one corrosion test and one microstructure examination including ferrite
measurement shall be carried out for each heat and heat treatment lot.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 32HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated (holding time is
not applicable for pipes produced hot finished and direct quenched).
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Welded pipes ASTM A928 UNS S32550 Class 1, 3, 4 and 5 ASTM A928 S3, S4
ASTM A928 UNS S32750 Class 1, 3, 4 and 5 ASTM A928 S3, S4
ASTM A928 UNS S32760 Class 1, 3, 4 and 5 ASTM A928 S3, S4
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Welding The WPS shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC, Sec. IX or ISO 15614-1 and shall include the
same examinations as for the production testing and shall fulfil the acceptance criteria of ISO 17781. The
qualification shall be carried out on the same material grade (UNS number) as used in production. Change of
specific make (brand name) of welding consumables shall require requalification.
Heat treatment The pipes shall be solution annealed followed by rapid cooling.
Pipes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
pipe during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781.
Extent of testing One tensile, one set of impact tests, one corrosion test and one microstructure examination including ferrite
measurement shall be carried out for each heat and heat treatment lot.
A lot of pipe is defined as the quantity of product not exceeding the lot definition in the standard and from the
same heat, same processing conditions including weld procedure and same heat treatment load.
For continuous furnaces, the lot definition shall comply with the product standards.
Welded pipes ASTM A928 UNS S32550 Class 1, 3, 4 and 5 ASTM A928 S3, S4
ASTM A928 UNS S32750 Class 1, 3, 4 and 5 ASTM A928 S3, S4
ASTM A928 UNS S32760 Class 1, 3, 4 and 5 ASTM A928 S3, S4
Page 2 of 2
Repair of defects Weld repair of base material is not permitted.
For repair of welds, the requirements for production welding above shall apply to the repair WPS. Repair
welds shall be heat treated as per original production weld.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification − Welding procedure qualification testing for manufacturing and repair welding shall require hardness
requirements) a testing. Hardness surveys shall comply with NACE MR0103/ISO 17945, section13.8.2, using Vickers
method with a maximum hardness of 310HV (average), 320HV (single value).
− Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on one
length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness of the base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 32HRC
from three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Manufacturer of the starting material.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Wrought fittings ASTM A815 UNS S32550 WP-W, WP-S or WP- WX ASTM A815 S2, S7
ASTM A815 UNS S32750 WP-W, WP-S or WP- WX ASTM A815 S2, S7
ASTM A815 UNS S32760 WP-W, WP-S or WP- WX ASTM A815 S2, S7
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Welding The WPS shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC, Sec. IX or ISO 15614-1 and shall include the
same examinations as for the production testing and shall fulfil the acceptance criteria of ISO 17781. The
qualification shall be carried out on the same material grade (UNS number) as used in production. Change of
specific make (brand name) of welding consumables shall require requalification.
Heat treatment The fittings shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Fittings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
fitting during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Tensile testing Supplementary requirement S2 shall apply. Tensile testing shall be carried out on specimens cut from a fitting
where dimensions permit. When removal of specimens is not possible due to the size of the fitting, a
prolongation or a length of starting material that has been heat treated in the same heat treatment load as the
fittings it represents shall be used.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781.
Extent of testing One tensile, impact tests and corrosion test, and one micrographic examination including ferrite measurement
shall be carried out for each lot as defined below.
A test lot shall include all fittings from the same heat and heat treatment load, with a wall thickness range
of ±5 mm (±0.2 in) and, where applicable, welded with the same WPS.
Production hardness testing in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A815 shall be carried out on two
fittings per lot. When only one fitting is produced, it shall be hardness tested as required.
Wrought fittings ASTM A815 UNS S32550 WP-W, WP-S or WP- WX ASTM A815 S2, S7
ASTM A815 UNS S32750 WP-W, WP-S or WP- WX ASTM A815 S2, S7
ASTM A815 UNS S32760 WP-W, WP-S or WP- WX ASTM A815 S2, S7
Page 2 of 2
Non-destructive Ultrasonic testing is not acceptable as replacement for RT of fittings.
testing Liquid penetrant testing
ASTM A815 supplementary requirement S7 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification − Welding procedure qualification testing for manufacturing and repair welding shall require hardness
requirements) a testing. Hardness surveys shall comply with NACE MR0103/ISO 17945, section13.8.2, using Vickers
method with a maximum hardness of 310HV (average), 320HV (single value).
− Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on two
fittings per lot. When only one fitting is produced, it shall be hardness tested as required. The maximum
hardness of the base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 32HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished fittings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The fittings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer of the starting material for the finished product.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Heat treatment The forgings shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Forgings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
forging during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781 for forging with weld ends. Test specimens shall be taken from the surface and the centre of the
forging with no weld ends.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781 for forging with weld ends. Test
specimens shall be taken from the surface and the centre of the forging with no weld ends and shall sample
an area of 10 mm (0.4 in) by 10 mm (0.4 in) minimum.
Extent of testing One tensile, impact tests and corrosion test, and one micrographic examination including ferrite measurement
shall be carried out for each heat and heat treatment load.
The testing shall be carried out on the forging with heaviest wall thickness within the heat treatment load.
A test lot shall not exceed 2 000 kg (4 400 lb) for forgings with as forged weight up to 50 kg (110 lb), and
5 000 kg (11 000 lb) for forgings with as forged weight > 50 kg (110 lb).
Sour service When compliance with sour service requirements is specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to
(additional ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional requirements to the
metallurgical, MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a two forgings per lot. When only one part is produced, it shall be hardness tested as required. The maximum
hardness shall be 32HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished forgings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– The MPS identification or the MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer of starting material for the finished product.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quenching medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Heat treatment The plates shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Plates shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
plate during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Tensile testing Tensile test specimens shall be sampled in the transverse orientation to the direction of final rolling.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781.
Extent of testing One tensile, one set of impact tests, one corrosion test and one micrographic examination including ferrite
measurement shall be carried out for each heat and heat treatment lot.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on one plate
requirements) a per lot. For coil, tests shall be carried out at both ends of the coil. The maximum hardness shall be 32HRC
from three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The plates, sheets and strips shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Castings ASTM A995 5A (UNS J93404) - ASTM A995 S5, S6, S11
ASTM A703 S20
ASTM A995 6A (UNS J93380) - ASTM A995 S5, S6, S11
ASTM A703 S20
Page 1 of 3
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Metal making The melt shall be refined by AOD or equivalent method. Induction melting of AOD refined ingot or equally
refined scrap as permitted by ISO 17782 is regarded to be equivalent to AOD refined materials.
Heat treatment The castings shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Castings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
casting during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781.
Extent of testing One tensile, one set of impact tests, one corrosion test and one micrographic examination including ferrite
measurement shall be carried out for each heat of steel and heat treatment load (including any PWHT).
A test lot shall not exceed 5 000 kg (11 000 lb) in weight.
Test sampling The test blocks shall be in compliance with ISO 17781.
Castings ASTM A995 5A (UNS J93404) - ASTM A995 S5, S6, S11
ASTM A703 S20
ASTM A995 6A (UNS J93380) - ASTM A995 S5, S6, S11
ASTM A703 S20
Page 2 of 3
Non-destructive Liquid penetrant testing
testing (continued) ASTM A995 supplementary requirement S6 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
Radiographic testing
ASTM A995 supplementary requirement S5 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
Castings ASTM A995 5A (UNS J93404) - ASTM A995 S5, S6, S11
ASTM A703 S20
ASTM A995 6A (UNS J93380) - ASTM A995 S5, S6, S11
ASTM A703 S20
Page 3 of 3
Repair of defects All major repairs as defined by A995 shall be documented in accordance with ASTM A703 supplementary
requirement S20.2.
The repair welding procedure shall be qualified in accordance with ASTM A488 or ISO 11970 and this data
sheet.
– Welding procedure shall be qualified on the same cast material grade (UNS number) as used in
production.
– Change of specific make of filler metal (brand names) requires requalification for SMAW and FCAW
processes.
– Microstructure examination, ferrite measurement, Charpy V-notch and corrosion tests shall be carried out
in accordance with ISO 17781.
Examination of major repair welds on pressure containing parts shall also include RT. Weld repairs are not
acceptable for castings that leak during pressure testing.
Post weld heat treatment is required after all weld repairs.
If a minor cosmetic repair is required, heat treatment may be excluded providing the welding procedure meets
all the specified microstructural, mechanical and corrosion material requirements of this data sheet in the as-
welded condition.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification − Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM
requirements) a A370/A1058 on the pilot casting and one casting per lot thereafter. The maximum hardness shall be
32 HRC from three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
− Welding procedure qualification testing for all repair welding shall require hardness testing. Hardness
surveys shall comply with NACE MR0103/ISO 17945, section 13.8.2, using Vickers method with a
maximum hardness of 310HV (average), 320HV (single value).
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished castings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The castings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− The MPS identification or the MCPR/QTR number used.
− Steel melting and refining practice.
− Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quenching medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Heat treatment The bars shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Bars shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each bar
during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Tensile testing Where tensile testing in both directions is required by this MDS, all tensile tests shall meet the specified
properties of the referenced standard specification in both directions. The centreline of tensile specimen shall
be located at a distance from the bar OD in accordance with ASTM A370, Annex A.
Impact testing / Except as modified in the test MDS, sampling and acceptance criteria shall comply with ISO 17781 QL II.
toughness testing Where impact testing in the tangential direction is required by this MDS, the acceptance criteria shall be 45 J
(33 ft lbf) average, 35 J ( 26 ft lbf) minimum single.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781. Test specimens shall be taken from the surface and the centre of the bar.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781. Test specimens shall be taken from
the surface and the centre of the bar and sample an area of 10 mm (0.4 in) by 10 mm (0.4 in) minimum.
Extent of testing Tensile, impact tests and corrosion tests, and one micrographic examination including ferrite measurements
shall be carried out for each lot as defined in ASTM A484.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a the end surface of one bar per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 32HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Heat treatment The tubes shall be solution annealed followed by rapid cooling.
Tubes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
tube during the heat treatment process including rapid cooling.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and the acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781.
Extent of testing Tensile testing, one set of impact tests and corrosion test, and one micrographic examination including ferrite
measurement shall be carried out for each lot as defined in the standard for mechanical tests.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one tube per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 32HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The tubes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel heat and refining practice.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process for bars as pre-material for bolting to this MDS shall be
qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the
requirements of this MDS.
Manufacturers and the manufacturing process for production of bolting that involves any further hot/cold
working (except for cold rolling of threads) and/or heat treatment of bar pre-material shall be separately
qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or NORSOK M-650 and this MDS.
Manufacturing Headed bolts shall be manufactured by machining from A276 Condition S strain hardened bar.
No further working of the strain hardened bar is permitted.
Nuts shall be machined from solution annealed and water quenched bar or forgings.
Threads on studs and bolts may be made by cold rolling or machining. Threads in nuts shall be machined.
Heat treatment No heat treatment of the strain hardened bar and bolting shall be permitted.
Tensile testing Tensile testing of studs and headed bolt shall be carried out on a sample representing the finished bolting in
accordance with ASTM F606 Method 2 or 2A.
All tensile tests shall meet the specified properties of ASTM A276 Condition S.
Impact testing / Impact testing of bolting shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A962 on a sample
toughness testing representing the finished bolting. Charpy V-notch tests shall be carried out at -46 °C (-50 °F) and the
acceptance criteria shall be 45 J (33 ft lbf) average of three specimens, 35 J (26 ft lbf) minimum single
specimen.
Hardness testing Maximum hardness of the strain hardened bar shall not exceed the values in ASTM A276 for the specified
grades supplied in Condition S. Hardness may be measured at bar outer surface before threading or in area
not affected by the thread rolling operation.
Proof load testing ASTM A1082 S5 shall apply to at least one nut per test lot. The load shall comply with A194 Grade 7.
Alternatively, ASTM A1082 S6 may be applied as substitute to proof load testing for nuts with size M36
(1½ in) or above; the hardness shall not exceed the values specified in ASTM A276 Condition S for the
specified grades.
Corrosion testing Testing shall be carried out on a sample representing the finished bolting. The sampling of test specimens,
testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with the principles in ISO 17781.
Micrographic Testing shall be carried out on a sample representing the finished bolting. The sampling of test specimens,
examination testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination including ferrite measurements
shall be in accordance with the principles in ISO 17781.
Extent of testing One tensile, one set of impact tests, one corrosion test and one micrographic examination including ferrite
measurement shall be carried out for each test lot where a test lot is as defined in ASTM A962 for non-heat
treated, strain hardened bolting including the same lot for the bar material.
Non-destructive All products shall be 100 % visually examined in all areas of threads, shanks, and heads. Discontinuities shall
testing comply with requirements specified in ASTM F788 for bolts/studs and ASTM F812 for nuts.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– The MPS identification or the MCPR/QTR number used (for bar and/or bolting as appropriate).
– Bar manufacturer.
– Heat treatment condition including solution annealing temperature, holding time and quenching medium
for pre-material shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process for bars as pre-material for bolting to this MDS shall be
qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the
requirements of this MDS.
Manufacturers and the manufacturing process for production of bolting that involves any further hot/cold
working (except for cold rolling of threads) and/or heat treatment of bar pre-material shall be separately
qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or NORSOK M-650 and this MDS.
Manufacturing Threads on studs and bolts may be made by cold rolling or machining. Threads in nuts shall be machined.
Impact testing / Impact testing of bolting shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A962 on a sample
toughness testing representing the finished bolting. Charpy V-notch tests shall be carried out at -46 °C (-50 °F) and the
acceptance criteria shall be 45 J (33 ft lbf) average of three specimens, 35 J (26 ft lbf) minimum single
specimen.
Proof load testing ASTM A1082 S5 shall apply to at least one nut per test lot - the load shall comply with A194 Grade 7M.
Alternatively, ASTM A1082 S6 may be applied as alternative to proof load testing for nuts with size M36 (1 ½
in) or above; the hardness shall not exceed the values specified in ASTM A1082 for the specified grades.
Corrosion testing Testing shall be carried out on a sample representing the finished bolting. The sampling of test specimens,
testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with the principles in ISO 17781.
Micrographic Testing shall be carried out on a sample representing the finished bolting. The sampling of test specimens,
examination testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination including ferrite measurements
shall be in accordance with the principles in ISO 17781.
Extent of testing One tensile, one set of impact tests, one corrosion test and one micrographic examination including ferrite
measurement shall be carried out for each test lot where a test lot is as-defined in ASTM A962 for non-heat
treated, strain hardened bolting including the same lot for the bar material.
Non-destructive All products shall be 100 % visually examined in all areas of threads, shanks, and heads. Discontinuities shall
testing comply with requirements specified in ASTM F788 for bolts/studs and ASTM F812 for nuts.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A1082.
requirements) a
Hardness may be measured at bar outer surface before threading or in area not affected by the thread rolling
operation. The maximum hardness for UNS S32750 and UNS S32760 shall be 32HRC from three readings
taken in close proximity. The maximum hardness for grade UNS S32550 shall not exceed 31HRC.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– The MPS identification or the MCPR/QTR number used (for bar and/or bolting as appropriate).
– Bar manufacturer.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quenching medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Metal making Gas atomized powder made from AOD-refined metal. Powder blends shall be a homogenous mixture of
powder heats in terms of composition, particle size and other properties.
Heat treatment The HIP product shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Products shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around
each fitting during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Impact testing / The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and the acceptance criteria shall comply with
toughness testing ISO 17781 QL II.
Corrosion testing The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with
ISO 17781 for HIP product with weld ends. Test specimens shall be taken from the surface and the centre of
the product with no weld ends.
Micrographic The sampling of test specimens, testing methodology and acceptance criteria for microstructural examination
examination including ferrite measurements shall be in accordance with ISO 17781 for HIP product with weld ends. Test
specimens shall be taken from the surface and the centre of the product with no weld ends and shall sample
an area of 10 mm (0.4 in) by 10 mm (0.4 in) minimum.
Extent of testing One tensile, one set of impact tests, one corrosion test and one microstructure examination including ferrite
measurement shall be carried out for each lot. A lot shall include all products from a single powder blend,
same manufacturing procedure and same heat treatment load.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, Hardness testing
testing and Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
certification two parts per lot. When only one part is produced, it shall be hardness tested as required. The maximum
requirements) a hardness shall be 32HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished components shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The powder blend shall have a unique identity marked on the powder container and this identity shall be
recorded and maintained throughout production of the product. The components shall be marked to ensure
full traceability to lot as defined in this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer of the starting material (powder) for the finished product.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Heat treatment Hot formed pipe and tube: products hot formed in the temperature range of 760 °C (1 400 °F) to 800 °C
(1 472 °F) do not need annealing after forming.
Cold formed pipe and tube: annealed.
Tensile testing Tensile test specimens shall be taken from each lot where a lot is defined as all products of the same type
and nominal size, which are produced from the same heat of material and subject to the same finishing
operation.
Test sampling Test samples may be cut from the products themselves, from prolongations or from sacrificial pipe and tube.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
Heat treatment Hot formed pipes: pipes hot formed in the temperature range of 760 °C (1 400 °F) to 800 °C (1 472 °F) do not
need annealing after forming.
Cold formed pipes: annealed.
Welded pipes: annealed or as-welded from annealed materials.
Tensile testing Tensile test specimens shall be taken from each lot where a lot is defined as all products of the same type
and nominal size, which are produced from the same heat of material and subject to the same finishing
operation.
Test sampling Test samples may be cut from the products themselves, from prolongations or from sacrificial pipes.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
Heat treatment Hot formed fittings: fittings hot formed in the temperature range of 760 °C (1 400 °F) to 800 °C (1 472 °F) do
not need annealing after forming.
Cold formed fittings: annealed.
Welded fittings: annealed or as-welded from annealed materials.
Tensile testing Tensile test specimens shall be taken from each lot where a lot is defined as all products of the same type
and nominal size, which are produced from the same heat of material and subject to the same finishing
operation.
Test sampling Test samples may be cut from the products themselves, from prolongations or from sacrificial fittings.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
Heat treatment Hot formed flanges: flanges hot formed in the temperature range of 760 °C (1 400 °F) to 800 °C (1 472 °F) do
not need annealing after forming.
Cold formed flanges: annealed.
Tensile testing Tensile test specimens shall be taken from each lot where a lot is defined as all products of the same type
and nominal size, which are produced from the same heat of material and subject to the same finishing
operation.
Test sampling Test samples may be cut from the products themselves, from prolongations or from sacrificial flanges.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
Heat treatment Plate shall be annealed. Hot rolled/forged plate in the temperature range of 760 °C (1 400 °F) to 800 °C
(1 472 °F) do not need annealing after forming.
Tensile testing Tensile test specimens shall be taken from each lot where a lot is defined as all products of the same type
and nominal size, which are produced from the same heat of material and subject to the same finishing
operation.
Test sampling Test samples may be cut from the products themselves, from prolongations or from sacrificial plates.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
Manufacturing Cold forming or hot forming may be used according to written procedures established in cooperation with the
material manufacturers.
Heat treatment Rods and bars hot formed in the temperature range of 760 °C (1 400 °F) to 800 °C (1 472 °F) do not need
annealing after forming.
Cold formed rods and bars: annealed.
Tensile testing Tensile test specimens shall be taken from each lot where a lot is defined as all products of the same type
and nominal size, which are produced from the same heat of material and subject to the same finishing
operation.
Test sampling Test samples may be cut from the products themselves, from prolongations or from sacrificial rods and bars.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
Heat treatment Heat treatment may be carried out at the discretion of the manufacturer.
Extent of testing One tensile test shall be carried out for each lot as defined by the in ASTM B148.
Radiographic testing
Sour service There are no additional requirements to the MDS when sour service is specified by the purchaser.
(additional
metallurgical,
manufacturing,
testing and
certification
requirements)
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition (annealing temperature).
Heat treatment Forgings shall be hot worked and supplied in O61- Annealed condition.
Tensile testing Tensile test specimens shall be taken from each lot where a lot is defined as all products of the same type
and nominal size, which are produced from the same material heat and heat treatment load.
Test sampling Test samples may be cut from the products themselves, from prolongations or from sacrificial forging.
Marking The forging shall be marked to ensure full traceability to cast and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment conditions.
Heat treatment Temper annealed for all diameters or thickness to condition O20 or O25.
Tensile testing Tensile test specimens shall be taken from each lot where a lot is defined as all products of the same type
and nominal size, which are produced from the same material heat and heat treatment load.
Test sampling Test samples may be cut from the products themselves, from prolongations or from sacrificial rods or bars.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition.
Metal making Basic electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD followed by electro slag remelting (ESR) or
vacuum arc remelting (VAR) or equivalent multiple refining methods. In alternative, vacuum induction melting
(VIM) can be followed by single refining method such as ESR or VAR.
Manufacturing Threading of studs, bolts and screws may be done by machining or rolling. Thread rolling shall be done after
heat treatment.
Threads in nuts shall be machined.
Tensile testing For sizes above 37.5 mm (1½ in) in diameter the strength properties shall be agreed.
Non-destructive All products shall be 100 % visually examined in all areas of threads, shanks and heads. Discontinuities shall
testing comply with requirements specified in ASTM F788 for bolts/studs and ASTM F812 for nuts.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Marking Each bolt and nut shall be marked on the end/head to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions (annealing temperature and time shall be stated);
– Original inspection documents of the bar material shall be included in the documentation.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Metal making Basic electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD followed by electro slag remelting (ESR) or
vacuum arc remelting (VAR) or equivalent multiple refining methods. In alternative, vacuum induction melting
(VIM) can be followed by single refining method such as ESR or VAR.
Welding Welding procedures shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC, Sec. IX or ISO 15614-1 using the
same material grade (UNS number) as used in production.
Heat treatment Pipes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
pipe during the heat treatment process including any rapid cooling/quenching
Extent of testing A lot shall consist of all pipes of the same type, size and wall thickness, manufactured from one heat of
material, and using the same classification of welding product.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103,
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Marking The pipe shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition (annealing temperature shall be stated).
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Wrought fittings ASTM B366 UNS N06625 Grade 1 WP Cl. S, WP Cl. W, WP ASTM B366 S3
Cl. WX
Page 1 of 1
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Metal making Basic electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD followed by electro slag remelting (ESR) or
vacuum arc remelting (VAR) or equivalent multiple refining methods. In alternative, vacuum induction melting
(VIM) can be followed by single refining method such as ESR or VAR.
Welding Welding procedures shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC, Sec. IX or ISO 15614-1 using the
same material grade (UNS number) as used in production.
A change of filler metal classification requires requalification.
Heat treatment Fittings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
fitting during the heat treatment process including any rapid cooling/quenching.
Extent of testing A lot shall consist of all fittings of the same type, size, and wall thickness, manufactured from one heat of
material, and, if welding is performed, using the same classification of welding product.
Non-destructive Supplementary requirement S3 shall apply to the weld end area of 10 % of seamless fittings from each lot and
testing 100 % of welded fittings above NPS2. For welded fittings, the testing shall cover the weld only.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103,
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Surface treatment Finished fittings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The fittings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition (annealing temperature shall be stated).
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Metal making Basic electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD followed by electro slag remelting (ESR) or
vacuum arc remelting (VAR) or equivalent multiple refining methods. In alternative, vacuum induction melting
(VIM) can be followed by single refining method such as ESR or VAR.
Heat treatment Forgings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
component during the heat treatment process including any rapid cooling/quenching.
Extent of testing A lot shall consist of all forgings of the same type, size, and wall thickness, manufactured from one heat of
material.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Surface treatment Finished components shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The component shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Metal making Basic electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD followed by ESR (electro slag remelting) or
VAR (vacuum arc remelting) or equivalent multiple refining methods. In alternative, vacuum induction melting
(VIM) can be followed by single refining method such as ESR or VAR.
Heat treatment Plates, sheets and strips shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling
media around each product during the heat treatment process including any rapid cooling/quenching.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103,
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Marking The plates, sheets and strips shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition (annealing temperature shall be stated).
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Metal making The melt shall be refined by AOD or equivalent method. Induction melting of AOD refined ingot is regarded to
be equivalent to AOD refined materials.
Heat treatment Castings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
casting during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Corrosion testing Corrosion test according to ASTM G 48 Method A is required. Test temperature shall be 50 °C (122 °F) and
the exposure time shall be 24 hours. The corrosion test specimen shall be at the same location as those for
mechanical testing. Cut edges shall be prepared according to ASTM G48. The complete specimen shall be
pickled before being weighed and tested. Pickling may be performed for 5 minutes at 60 °C (140 °F) in a
solution of 20 % HNO3 + 5 % HF.
The acceptance criteria are:
– No pitting at 20x magnification.
– The weight loss shall be less than 4.0 g/m2.
Extent of testing Tensile test and corrosion test shall be made for each heat and heat treatment load (including any PWHT). A
test lot shall not exceed 5 000 kg (11 000 lb).
Test sampling Test blocks shall be integral or gated with the casting(s) they represent castings through all heat treatment
operations.
Thickness of the test block shall be equal to the thickest part of the casting castings; the largest flange
thickness is the ruling section.
Dimensions of test blocks and location of test specimens within the test blocks are shown in the figure below.
The test specimens shall be taken within the cross hatched area. Distance from end of test specimen to end
of test block shall minimum be T/4.
During any PWHT the test block shall be tack welded onto the casting.
For investment casting, test sampling shall be according to A957. Test blocks shall accompany the castings
through all heat treatment operations including any post weld stress relieving.
Extent Areas defined by ASME B16.34 for special class valves, at abrupt 100 % d
changes in sections and at the junctions of risers, gates or feeders to
the casting
NOTE N/R means not required, unless specified otherwise by the purchaser.
a
Production valve casting, RT shall be according to the applicable valve specification. If a QSL is not specified by the
purchaser, the requirements in this table shall apply.
b
Production casting other than valve casting.
c
Frequency of inspection 100 % means that each item shall be examined. When random examination (5 %) is specified,
a minimum of one item per lot of each pattern in any purchase order shall be examined.
d
Production casting other than valve casting, inspection shall include other critical areas as defined in the purchase
order and/or applicable product specification or standard. Sketches of the areas to be tested shall be established and
agreed with the purchaser.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103,
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition (annealing temperature and holding time shall be stated).
– Melting and refining process.
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Metal making Basic electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD followed by electro slag remelting (ESR) or
vacuum arc remelting (VAR) or equivalent multiple refining methods. In alternative, vacuum induction melting
(VIM) can be followed by single refining method such as ESR or VAR.
Heat treatment Bars shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each bar
during the heat treatment process including any rapid cooling/quenching.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103,
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition (annealing temperature shall be stated).
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Metal making Basic electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD followed by electro slag remelting (ESR) or
vacuum arc remelting (VAR) or equivalent multiple refining methods. In alternative, vacuum induction melting
(VIM) can be followed by single refining method such as ESR or VAR.
Heat treatment Pipes and tubes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media
around each product during the heat treatment process including any rapid cooling/quenching.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103,
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Marking The pipes and tubes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition (annealing temperature shall be stated).
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
HIP Products ASTM B834 UNS N06625 Grade 1 - ASTM B834 S1, S2
Page 1 of 1
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Metal making Gas atomized powder made from vacuum-refined metal. Powder blends shall be a homogenous mixture of
powder heats in terms of composition, particle size and other properties.
Heat treatment Components shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around
each component during the heat treatment process including any rapid cooling/quenching.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103,
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Surface treatment Finished components shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The powder blend shall have a unique identity marked on the powder container and this identity shall be
recorded and maintained throughout production of the product. The components shall be marked to ensure
full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Manufacturer of the starting material (powder) for the finished product.
– Heat treatment condition (annealing temperature shall be stated).
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Bolting API STD 6ACRA UNS N07718 120K ASTM A962 S56
Page 1 of 1
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Manufacturing Manufacturing general requirements shall be according to ASTM A962 as amended by this MDS.
Threads on studs and bolts shall be made by cold rolling after precipitation hardening. Threads in nuts shall
be machined.
Heat treatment Solution annealing and ageing heat treatment shall be carried out after the final hot forming operation.
Impact testing / The impact testing requirements of API 6ACRA shall apply.
toughness testing
Hardness testing Maximum hardness 40HRC. Hardness shall not be tested in the threaded area.
Macro etch / Bolting shall be examined in accordance with API 6ACRA and meet the required acceptance criteria.
micrographic
examination
Proof load testing Proof load testing shall be carried out in accordance with ASTM A194 and the acceptance criteria shall
comply with the requirements for Grade 7.
Extent of testing For heat treatment in continuous furnace a heat treatment load (lot) is defined as all bolting heat treated
continuously in the same furnace, or maximum for 8 h of operation, of the same heat and nominal thickness.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103,
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Marking Each bolting shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– The MPS identification or the MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer, melting and refining practice.
– Heat treatment condition. Solution annealing temperature, quenching medium, ageing temperature
and holding time shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Metal making Basic electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD.
Chemical PREN ≥ 32
composition
Corrosion testing Corrosion test according to ASTM G28 Method A is required per lot.
Acceptance criteria:
– Corrosion rate ≤ 0.5 mm/y;
– No intergranular attack visible at 50 times magnification.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103,
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Surface treatment Finished pipes and tubes shall be pickled or bright annealed.
and finish
Marking The pipes and tubes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition (annealing temperature and holding time shall be stated).
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Metal making Basic electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD.
Chemical PREN ≥ 32
composition
Corrosion testing Corrosion test according to ASTM G28 Method A is required per lot.
Test specimen shall include the weld.
Acceptance criteria:
– Corrosion rate ≤ 0.5 mm/y.
– No intergranular attack visible at 50 times magnification.
Welding Welding procedures shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC, Sec. IX or ISO 15614-1 using the
same material grade (UNS number) as used in production.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103,
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Marking The pipe shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition (annealing temperature and holding time shall be stated).
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Wrought fittings ASTM B366 UNS N08825 WP Cl. S, WP Cl. W, WP ASTM B366 S3
Cl. WX
Page 1 of 1
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Metal making Basic electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD.
Chemical PREN ≥ 32
composition
Welding Welding procedures shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC, Sec. IX or ISO 15614-1 using the
same material grade (UNS number) as used in production.
A change of filler metal classification requires requalification.
Heat treatment Fittings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
product during the heat treatment process including any rapid cooling/quenching.
Tensile testing Seamless fitting made from seamless pipe shall comply with the tensile testing requirements for cold-worked
annealed seamless pipe.
Extent of testing Testing shall be per lot and per furnace charge. A lot shall consist of all fittings of the same type, size, and wall
thickness, manufactured from one heat of material, and, if welding is performed, using the same classification
of welding product.
Non-destructive Supplementary requirement S3 shall apply to the weld end area of 10 % of seamless fittings from each lot and
testing 100 % of welded fittings above DN 50 (NPS 2). For welded fittings, the testing shall cover the weld only.
Acceptance criteria shall be according to ASME BPVC, Sec. VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 8.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103,
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Surface treatment Finished fittings shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The fittings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another quality
requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition (annealing temperature and holding time shall be stated).
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Metal making Basic electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD.
Chemical PREN ≥ 32
composition
Heat treatment Forgings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
component during the heat treatment process including any rapid cooling/quenching.
Extent of testing Testing shall be per lot and per furnace charge. A lot shall consist of all forgings of the same type, size, and
wall thickness, manufactured from one heat of material.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Surface treatment Finished components shall be pickled or bright anneal. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The component shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Metal making Basic electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD.
Chemical PREN ≥ 32
composition
Heat treatment Plates, sheets and strips shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling
media around each product during the heat treatment process including any rapid cooling/quenching.
Corrosion testing Corrosion test according to ASTM G28 Method A is required per lot.
Acceptance criteria:
– Corrosion rate ≤ 0.5 mm/y.
– No intergranular attack visible at 50 times magnification.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103,
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Marking The plates, sheets and strips shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition (annealing temperature and holding time shall be stated).
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Metal making The melt shall be refined by AOD or equivalent method. Induction melting of AOD refined ingot is regarded to
be equivalent to AOD refined materials.
Chemical PREN ≥ 32
composition
Heat treatment Castings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
casting during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Extent of testing Tensile test and corrosion test shall be made for each heat and heat treatment load (including any PWHT). A
test lot shall not exceed 5 000 kg (11 000 lb).
Test sampling Test blocks shall be integral or gated with the casting(s) they represent castings through all heat treatment
operations.
Thickness of the test block shall be equal to the thickest part of the casting castings; the largest flange
thickness is the ruling section.
Dimensions of test blocks and location of test specimens within the test blocks are shown in the figure below.
The test specimens shall be taken within the cross hatched area. Distance from end of test specimen to end
of test block shall minimum be T/4.
During any PWHT the test block shall be tack welded onto the casting.
For investment casting, test sampling shall be according to ASTM A957. Test blocks shall accompany the
castings through all heat treatment operations including any post weld stress relieving.
Repair of defects All major repairs as defined by ASTM A494 shall be documented in accordance with ASTM A781 S16 or
ASTM A957 S16, as applicable.
The repair welding procedure shall be qualified in accordance with ASTM A488 or ISO 11970 and as follows:
− Welding procedure shall be qualified on the same cast material grade (UNS number) as used in
production;
− Change of specific make of filler metal (brand names) requires requalification for SMAW and FCAW
processes;
− A macro and corrosion test specimen shall include the weld zone;
− Testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with the requirements of this MDS for
the parent material.
Examination of major repair welds on pressure containing parts shall also include RT.
Weld repairs are not acceptable for castings that leak during pressure testing.
Post weld heat treatment is required after all major weld repairs. If a minor cosmetic repair is required, heat
treatment may be excluded providing the welding procedure meets all the specified microstructural,
mechanical and corrosion material requirements of this data sheet in the as-welded condition.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition (solution annealing and stabilization temperatures and holding times shall be
stated).
− Melting and refining process.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Metal making Basic electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD.
Chemical PREN ≥ 32
composition
Heat treatment Bars shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each bar
during the heat treatment process including any rapid cooling/quenching.
Extent of testing Corrosion test shall be made for each lot as defined for mechanical testing.
Sour service The material shall conform to the requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103,
(additional and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Surface treatment Finished bars shall be pickled. Machined or peeled surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition (annealing temperature and holding time shall be stated).
a
The supplementary suffix “S” designates a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary requirements for sour
service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Heat treatment The pipes shall be solution annealed followed by rapid cooling.
Pipes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
pipe during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Extent of testing One tensile and corrosion test shall be carried out for each heat and heat treatment lot.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, Hardness testing
testing and Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
certification one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 35HRC from three readings taken in close
requirements) a proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated (holding time is
not applicable for pipes produced hot finished and direct quenched).
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Welded pipes ASTM A358 UNS S31254 Class 1, 3 and 5 ASTM A358 S3
ASTM A358 UNS N08367 Class 1, 3 and 5 ASTM A358 S3
ASTM A358 UNS N08926 Class 1, 3 and 5 ASTM A358 S3
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Welding The WPS shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC, Sec. IX or ISO 15614-1 and this MDS:
– A matching consumable with enhanced Mo or Cr content compared to the base material shall be used;
the S content of the consumable shall not exceed 0.015 %.
– The welding procedure qualification shall be corrosion tested as specified below.
– The qualification shall be carried out on the same material grade (UNS number) as used in production.
– A change of specific make (brand name) of welding consumables shall require requalification.
Heat treatment The pipes shall be solution annealed followed by rapid cooling.
Pipes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
pipe during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Post weld solution annealing is not required for pipes with nominal wall thickness up to 7.11 mm (0.28 in)
manufactured from solution annealed strip/plate material; such pipe shall be marked as stated in A358.
Corrosion testing Corrosion test according to ASTM G48 Method A is required. Test temperature shall be 50 °C (122 °F) and
the exposure time 24 h. The test shall expose the external and internal surfaces and a cross section surface
in full wall thickness. Cut edges shall be prepared according to ASTM G48. The complete specimen shall be
pickled before being weighed and tested. Pickling may be performed for 5 min at 60 °C (140 °F) in a solution
of 20 % HNO3 + 5 % HF.
The acceptance criteria are:
– No pitting at 20x magnification.
– The weight loss shall be less than 4.0 g/m2.
Extent of testing One tensile and corrosion test shall be carried out for each lot as defined below:
– For batch heat treatment, a lot is defined as maximum 60 m (197 ft) of pipes of the same heat,
same processing conditions including weld procedure, same size and heat treatment load.
– For continuous heat treatment, a lot is defined as maximum 60 m (197 ft) of pipes of the same heat,
same processing conditions including weld procedure, same size and which is heat treated the same day.
Non-destructive Eddy current testing according to ASTM A450 is acceptable as replacement for radiography for wall thickness
testing less than 4.0 mm (0.16 in).
ASTM A358 supplementary requirement S3 shall apply to the longitudinal weld ends of 10 % of pipes per lot.
The weld of each examined pipe shall be ground flush for a length of 100 mm (4 in) prior to penetrant testing.
Method of testing shall be according to ASME BPVC, Sec. V Article 6 and acceptance criteria shall be to
ASME BPVC, Sec. VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 8. The testing shall be carried out after any calibration.
Welded Pipes ASTM A358 UNS S31254 Class 1, 3 and 5 ASTM A358 S3
ASTM A358 UNS N08367 Class 1, 3 and 5 ASTM A358 S3
ASTM A358 UNS N08926 Class 1, 3 and 5 ASTM A358 S3
Page 2 of 2
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on one
requirements) a length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness of the base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 35HRC from
three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Wrought fittings ASTM A403 UNS S31254 WP-S, WP-WX and ASTM A960 S52
WP-W
ASTM A403 UNS N08367 WP-S, WP-WX and ASTM A960 S52
WP-W
ASTM A403 UNS N08926 WP-S, WP-WX and ASTM A960 S52
WP-W
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Welding The welding procedure shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC IX or ISO 15614-1 and this MDS.
– A matching consumable with enhanced Mo or Cr content compared to the base material shall be used;
the S content of the consumable shall not exceed 0.015 %.
– The welding procedure qualification shall be corrosion tested as specified below.
– The qualification shall be carried out on the same material grade (UNS number) as used in production.
– A change of specific make (brand name) of welding consumables shall require requalification.
Heat treatment The fittings shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Fittings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
fitting during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Corrosion testing Corrosion test according to ASTM G48 Method A is required. Test temperature shall be 50 °C (122 °F) and
the exposure time 24 h. The test shall expose the external and internal surfaces and a cross section surface
in full wall thickness. Cut edges shall be prepared according to ASTM G48. The complete specimen shall be
pickled before being weighed and tested. Pickling may be performed for 5 min at 60 °C (140 °F) in a solution
of 20 % HNO3 + 5 % HF.
The acceptance criteria are:
– No pitting at 20x magnification.
– The weight loss shall be less than 4.0 g/m2.
Extent of testing One tensile and corrosion test shall be carried out for each lot as defined below.
A test lot shall include all fittings from the same heat and heat treatment load, with a wall thickness range
of ±5 mm (±0.2 in) and, where applicable, welded with the same WPS.
Test sampling Production testing shall be carried out on specimens cut from a fitting, where dimensions permit. When
removal of specimens is not possible due to the size of the fitting, a prolongation or a length of starting
material that has been heat treated in the same heat treatment load as the fittings it represents shall be used.
Wrought fittings ASTM A403 UNS S31254 WP-S, WP-WX and ASTM A960 S52
WP--W
ASTM A403 UNS N08367 WP-S, WP-WX and ASTM A960 S52
WP--W
ASTM A403 UNS N08926 WP-S, WP-WX and ASTM A960 S52
WP--W
Page 2 of 2
Non-destructive Liquid penetrant testing
testing ASTM A960 supplementary requirement S52 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, Hardness testing
testing and Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on two
certification fittings per lot. When only one fitting is produced, it shall be hardness tested as required. The maximum
requirements) a hardness of the base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 35HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3 section, 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished fittings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The fittings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Heat treatment The forgings shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Forgings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
component during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Corrosion testing Corrosion test according to ASTM G48 Method A is required. Test temperature shall be 50 °C (122 °F) and
the exposure time 24 h. The test shall expose the external and internal surfaces and a cross section surface
in full wall thickness. For forgings with wall thickness less than 100 mm (4 in) the test specimen shall expose
a cross section from surface to mid-thickness. For greater wall thickness the specimen shall expose a cross
section from surface to a depth of 50 mm (2 in). Cut edges shall be prepared according to ASTM G48. The
complete specimen shall be pickled before being weighed and tested. Pickling may be performed for 5 min at
60 °C (140 °F) in a solution of 20 % HNO3 + 5 % HF.
The acceptance criteria are:
– No pitting at 20x magnification.
– The weight loss shall be less than 4.0 g/m2.
Extent of testing One tensile and corrosion test shall be carried out for each lot as defined below.
– A test lot shall include all forgings from the same heat, heat treatment load and shall not exceed 2 000 kg
(4 400 lb) for forgings with as forged weight 50 kg (110 lb), and 5 000 kg (11 000 lb) for forgings with as
forged weight > 50 kg (110 lb).
– For forgings having maximum section thickness, T ≤ 50 mm (2 in), the test specimen shall be taken at mid
thickness and its mid length shall be at least 50 mm (2 in) from any second surface or at equal distance
from the second surfaces.
– For forgings having maximum section thickness, T > 50 mm (2 in), the test specimens shall be taken at
least ¼T from the nearest surface and mid-length of test specimens at least T or 100 mm (4 in), whichever
is less, from any second surface.
– Sketches shall be established showing type, and size of test samples and location for extraction of
test specimens.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, Hardness testing
testing and Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
certification two forgings per lot. When only one part is produced, it shall be hardness tested as required. The maximum
requirements) a hardness shall be 35HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished forgings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Tensile testing Tensile test specimens shall be sampled in the transverse orientation to the direction of final rolling.
Corrosion testing Corrosion test according to ASTM G48 Method A is required. Test temperature shall be 50 °C (122 °F)
and the exposure time 24 h. The test shall expose the external and internal surfaces and a cross
section surface in full wall thickness. Cut edges shall be prepared according to ASTM G48. The
complete specimen shall be pickled before being weighed and tested. Pickling may be performed for 5
min at 60 °C (140 °F) in a solution of 20 % HNO3 + 5 % HF.
The acceptance criteria are:
– No pitting at 20x magnification.
– Weight loss shall be less than 4.0 g/m2.
Extent of testing One tensile and corrosion test shall be carried out for each heat of steel and heat treatment lot.
Sour service (additional When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
metallurgical, requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and this MDS.
manufacturing, testing and
certification requirements) Hardness testing
a
Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
one plate per lot. For coil, tests shall be carried out at both ends of the coil. The maximum hardness
shall be 35HRC from three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this
MDS.
Surface treatment and Finished plates, sheets and strips shall be pickled.
finish
Marking The plates, sheets and strips shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Castings ASTM A351 CK3MCuN (UNS J93254) - ASTM A351 S5, S6,
ASTM A703 S20
ASTM A985 S20
ASTM A351 CN3MN (UNS J94651) - ASTM A351 S5, S6,
ASTM A703 S20
ASTM A985 S20
Page 1 of 3
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
For castings produced by the investment casting process, the requirements of ASTM A985 and this MDS
shall apply.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Metal making The melt shall be refined by AOD or equivalent method. Induction melting of AOD refined ingot or equally
refined scrap as permitted by ISO 17782 is regarded to be equivalent to AOD refined materials.
Heat treatment Material shall be solution annealed at temperature ≥ 1 225 °C (2 237 °F) followed by water/liquid quenching.
Castings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around each
pipe during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Corrosion testing Corrosion test according to ASTM G48 Method A is required. Test temperature shall be 50 °C (122 °F) and
the exposure time 24 h. The test shall expose the external and internal surfaces and a cross section surface
in full wall thickness. Cut edges shall be prepared according to ASTM G48. The complete specimen shall be
pickled before being weighed and tested. Pickling may be performed for 5 min at 60 °C (140 °F) in a solution
of 20 % HNO3 + 5 % HF.
The acceptance criteria are:
– No pitting at 20x magnification.
– The weight loss shall be less than 4.0 g/m2.
Extent of testing One tensile and corrosion test shall be carried out for each heat of steel and heat treatment load (including
any PWHT). A test lot shall not exceed 5 000 kg (11 000 lb) in weight.
Test sampling Test blocks shall be integral or gated with the casting(s) they represent and shall accompany the castings
through all heat treatment operations.
Thickness of the test block shall be equal to the thickest part of the casting represented. For flanged castings,
the largest flange thickness is the ruling section.
Dimensions of test blocks and location of test specimens within the test blocks are shown in the figure below.
The test specimens shall be taken within the cross hatched area and in a distance of T/4 from the ends.
During any PWHT the test block shall be tack welded onto the casting.
Castings ASTM A351 CK3MCuN (UNS J93254) - ASTM A351 S5, S6,
ASTM A703 S20
ASTM A985 S20
ASTM A351 CN3MN (UNS J94651) - ASTM A351 S5, S6,
ASTM A703 S20
ASTM A985 S20
Page 2 of 3
Non-destructive Radiographic testing
testing ASTM A351 supplementary requirement S5 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
Castings ASTM A351 CK3MCuN (UNS J93254) - ASTM A351 S5, S6,
ASTM A703 S20
ASTM A985 S20
ASTM A351 CN3MN (UNS J94651) - ASTM A351 S5, S6,
ASTM A703 S20
ASTM A985 S20
Page 3 of 3
Repair of defects Repairs as described in ASTM A351, section 10.2 shall be considered major. All major repairs shall be
documented in accordance with ASTM A703 S20.2 or A985 S20, as applicable.
The repair welding procedure shall be qualified in accordance with ASTM A488 or ISO 11970 and the
following requirements.
– Welding procedure shall be qualified on the same cast material grade (UNS number) as used in
production.
– Welding shall be carried out with Ni-based consumable with enhanced Mo or Cr content compared to
the base material; the S content of the consumable shall not exceed 0.015 %.
– Change of specific make of filler metal (brand names) requires requalification for SMAW and
FCAW processes.
– Corrosion test specimen shall include the weld zone.
– Testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with the requirements of this MDS
for the parent material.
Examination of major repair welds on pressure containing parts shall also include RT.
Weld repairs are not acceptable for castings that leak during pressure testing.
Post weld heat treatment is required after all weld repairs.
If a minor cosmetic repair is required, heat treatment may be excluded providing the welding procedure meets
all the specified microstructural, mechanical and corrosion material requirements of this data sheet in the as-
welded condition.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, Hardness testing
testing and Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
certification the pilot casting and one casting per lot thereafter for CK3MCuN castings. The maximum hardness shall be
requirements) a 100HRB (22HRC) from three readings taken in close proximity.
For other alloys the maximum hardness shall not exceed 35HRC.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished castings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling
and finish
Marking The castings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment load.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782
or NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Manufacturing Bars shall be hot or cold finished cylindrical shaped with maximum diameter of 200 mm (8 in).
NOTE Cold finishing shall be restricted to turning, grinding or polishing (singly or in combination); cold drawing or cold
forming is not permitted.
Tensile testing Where tensile testing in both directions is required by this MDS, all tensile tests shall meet the specified
properties of the referenced standard specification in both directions.
Corrosion testing Corrosion test according to ASTM G48 Method A is required. Test temperature shall be 50 °C (122 °F) and
the exposure time 24 h. The test shall expose the external and internal surfaces and a cross section surface
in full wall thickness. Cut edges shall be prepared according to ASTM G48. The complete specimen shall be
pickled before being weighed and tested. Pickling may be performed for 5 min at 60 °C (140 °F) in a solution
of 20 % HNO3 + 5 % HF.
The acceptance criteria are:
– No pitting at 20x magnification.
– The weight loss shall be less than 4.0 g/m2.
Extent of testing Tensile and corrosion tests shall be carried out for each lot as defined in ASTM A484.
Test sampling The mid-length of axial (longitudinal) and tangential (transverse) tensile specimens shall be located at a
distance equal to the bar outside diameter or minimum of 100 mm (4 in), whichever is the greater, from the
end of the bar.
The centreline of tensile specimen shall be located at a distance from the bar OD in accordance with
ASTM A370, Annex A.
Valve parts manufactured from bar
For bars with outside diameter ≥ 100 mm (4 in) intended for machining of valve parts, tensile testing shall
be taken in both the longitudinal and transverse direction.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, Hardness testing
testing and Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
certification the end surface of one bar per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 35HRC from three readings taken in close
requirements) a proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Steel manufacturer.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Manufacturing Gas atomized powder made from AOD-refined metal. Powder blends shall be a homogenous mixture of
powder heats in terms of composition, particle size and other properties.
Heat treatment HIP product shall be solution annealed followed by water/liquid quenching.
Products shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation of heating and cooling media around
each fitting during the heat treatment process including quenching.
Corrosion testing Corrosion test according to ASTM G48 Method A is required. Test temperature shall be 50 °C (122 °F) and
the exposure time 24 h. The test shall expose the external and internal surfaces and a cross section surface
in full wall thickness. Cut edges shall be prepared according to ASTM G48. The complete specimen shall be
pickled before being weighed and tested. Pickling may be performed for 5 min at 60 °C (140 °F) in a solution
of 20 % HNO3 + 5 % HF.
The acceptance criteria are:
– No pitting at 20x magnification.
– The weight loss shall be less than 4.0 g/m2.
Extent of testing One tensile and corrosion test shall be carried out for each lot as defined below.
A lot shall consist of finished parts with the same dimensions made from the same powder blend consolidated
in the same hot isostatic press using the same parameters and heat-treated in the same final heat-treatment
load.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished components shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The powder blend shall have a unique identity marked on the powder container and this identity shall be
recorded and maintained throughout production of the product. The components shall be marked to ensure
full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
– Manufacturer of the starting material (powder) for the finished product.
– Solution annealing temperature, holding time and quench medium shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with UNS S31603 (dual certified 316/316L).
composition
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156 /NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished pipes shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
– The inspection documents shall confirm compliance to both UNS S31603 and UNS S31600.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with UNS S31603 (dual certified 316/316L).
composition
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification − Welding procedure qualification testing for manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the
requirements) a requirements of NACE MR0175-2/ISO 15156-3, section 6.2.2, with a maximum hardness of 70.8HR 15N
or 250HV.
− Production hardness testing shall be performed on one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness of
the base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity at
each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished pipes shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions;
– The inspection documents shall confirm compliance to both UNS S31603 and UNS S31600.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with UNS S31603 (dual certified 316/316L).
composition
Heat treatment During heat treatment fittings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around each fittings
during the heat treatment process including possible quenching operation.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification – Seamless fittings:
requirements) a
• Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
one fitting per lot.
• The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
– Welded fittings:
• Welding procedure qualification testing for manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the
requirements of NACE MR0175-3/ISO 15156-3, section 6.2.2 with a maximum hardness of 70.8HR
15N or 250HV.
• Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
one fitting per lot.
• The maximum hardness of the base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 22HRC from three readings
taken in close proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished fittings shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The fittings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
– The inspection documents shall confirm compliance to both UNS S31603 and UNS S31600.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with F316L (dual certified F316/F316L).
composition
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one forging per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished forgings shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
– The inspection documents shall confirm compliance to both F316 and F316L.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with UNS S31603 (dual certified 316/316L).
composition
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one plate per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3 section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The plates, sheets and strips shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1.
The inspection documents shall confirm compliance with this specification and shall include the following
information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
– The inspection documents shall confirm compliance to both UNS S31603 and UNS S31600.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Extent of testing Tensile testing is required for each heat and heat treatment lot including any PWHT.
Test sampling For castings with a weight of 250 kg (551 lb) or more, the test blocks shall be integrally cast or gated onto the
casting and shall accompany the castings through all heat treatment operations.
During any PWHT the test block shall be tack welded onto the casting.
Repair of defects Repairs as described in ASTM A351, section 10.2 shall be considered major. All major repairs shall be
documented in accordance with ASTM A703 S20.2.
The repair welding procedure shall be qualified in accordance with ASTM A488 or ISO 11970 and this MDS:
– Welding procedure shall be qualified on casting or plate of the same cast material grade as used
in production.
– Testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with the requirements of this MDS
for the parent material.
Weld repairs are not acceptable for castings that leak during pressure testing.
Solution annealing heat treatment is required after all major weld repairs.
If a minor cosmetic repair is required to a semi-finished or finished cast component, heat treatment may be
omitted provided the welding procedure meets all the test requirements of this data sheet in the as-welded
condition.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished castings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The castings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Manufacturing Bars shall be hot or cold finished cylindrical shaped with maximum diameter of 300 mm (12 in).
NOTE Cold finishing shall be restricted to turning, grinding or polishing (singly or in combination); cold drawing or cold
forming is not permitted.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with UNS S31603 (dual certified 316/316L).
composition
Tensile testing Where tensile testing in both directions is required by this MDS, all tensile tests shall meet the specified
properties of the referenced standard specification in both directions.
Test sampling The mid-length of axial (longitudinal) and tangential (transverse) tensile specimens shall be located at a
distance equal to the bar outside diameter or minimum of 100 mm (4 in), whichever is the greater, from the
end of the bar.
The centreline of tensile specimen shall be located at a distance from the bar surface in accordance with
ASTM A370, Annex A.
Valve parts manufactured from bar
For bars with outside diameter ≥ 100 mm intended for machining of valve parts, tensile testing shall be taken
in both the longitudinal and transverse direction.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) the end surface of one bar per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished bars shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with UNS S31603 (dual certified 316/316L).
composition
Tensile testing The following acceptance criteria shall apply: Rp0.2 ≥ 207 MPa (30 ksi); Rm ≥ 517 MPa (75 ksi); A ≥ 35 %.
Extent of testing Tensile testing shall be carried out for each lot as defined in the standard for mechanical tests.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A269.
requirements) a
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The tubes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
– The inspection documents shall confirm compliance to both UNS S31603 and UNS S31600.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Bolting ASTM A193 B8M (UNS S31600) Class 1 - for size over ASTM A193 S5
M72 (3 in)
ASTM A193 B8M (UNS S31600) Class 2 - for size M36 ASTM A193 S5, ASTM
(1.5 in) and smaller A193 S10
ASTM A193 B8M2 (UNS S31600) Class 2B - for size over ASTM A193 S5
M36 (1.5 in) and up to ASTM A193 S10
size M72 (3 in)
ASTM A193 B8MA (UNS S31600) a Class 1A ASTM A193 S5
ASTM A320 B8M (UNS S31600) Class 1 - for size over ASTM A962 S50
M72 (1.5 in)
ASTM A320 B8M (UNS S31600) Class 2 - for size M36 ASTM A962 S50, ASTM
(1.5 in) and smaller A320 S3
ASTM A320 B8MA (UNS S31600) a Class 1A ASTM A962 S50
ASTM A194 8M (UNS S31600) - ASTM A194 S4
a
ASTM A194 8MA (UNS S31600) - ASTM A194 S4
Page 1 of 1
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Manufacturing Threading of studs, bolts and screws may be done by machining or rolling.
Except for Class 1A bolting, thread rolling shall be done after heat treatment.
Threads in nuts shall be machined.
Hardness testing Supplementary requirement ASTM A193 S10 or ASTM A320 S3 shall apply to Class 2 and Class 2B bolting.
Proof load testing Supplementary requirement ASTM A194 S4 shall apply for nut size M42 (15/8 in) and larger.
Non-destructive All products shall be 100 % visually examined in all areas of threads, shanks and heads. Discontinuities shall
testing comply with requirements specified in ASTM F788 for bolts/studs and ASTM F812 for nuts.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Marking Supplementary requirement ASTM A193 S5 or ASTM A962 S50 shall apply.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with UNS S30403 (dual certified 304/304L).
composition
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished pipes shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
– The inspection documents shall confirm compliance to both UNS S30403 and UNS S30400.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with UNS S30403 (dual certified 304/304L).
composition
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification – Welding procedure qualification testing for manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the
requirements) a requirements of NACE MR0175-2/ISO 15156-3, section 6.2.2, with a maximum hardness of 70.8HR 15N
or 250HV.
– Production hardness testing shall be performed on one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness of
the base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity at
each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished pipes shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
– The inspection documents shall confirm compliance to both UNS S30403 and UNS S30400.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with UNS S30403 (dual certified 304/304L).
composition
Heat treatment During heat treatment fittings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around each fitting
during the heat treatment process including possible quenching operation.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification – Seamless fittings:
requirements) a
• Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
one fitting per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
– Welded fittings:
• Welding procedure qualification testing for manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the
requirements of NACE MR0175-3/ISO 15156-3, section 6.2.2 with a maximum hardness of 70.8HR
15N or 250HV.
• Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
one fitting per lot. The maximum hardness of the base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 22HRC
from three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished fittings shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The fittings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
– The inspection documents shall confirm compliance to both UNS S30403 and UNS S30400.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with F304L (dual certified F304/F304L).
composition
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one forging per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished forgings shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
– The inspection documents shall confirm compliance to both F304 and F304L.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with UNS S30403 (dual certified 304/304L).
composition
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one plate per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The plates, sheets and strips shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
– The inspection documents shall confirm compliance to both UNS S30403 and UNS S30400.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Extent of testing Tensile testing is required for each heat and heat treatment lot including any PWHT.
Test sampling For castings with a weight of 250 kg (551 lb) or more, the test blocks shall be integrally cast or gated onto the
casting and shall accompany the castings through all heat treatment operations.
During any PWHT the test block shall be tack welded onto the casting.
Repair of defects Repairs as described in ASTM A351, section 10.2 shall be considered major. All major repairs shall be
documented in accordance with ASTM A703 S20.2.
The repair welding procedure shall be qualified in accordance with ASTM A488 or ISO 11970 and this MDS.
– Welding procedure shall be qualified on casting or plate of the same cast material grade as used
in production.
– Testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with the requirements of this MDS
for the parent material.
Weld repairs are not acceptable for castings that leak during pressure testing.
Solution annealing heat treatment is required after all major weld repairs.
If a minor cosmetic repair is required to a semi-finished or finished cast component, heat treatment may be
omitted provided the welding procedure meets all the test requirements of this data sheet in the as-welded
condition.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished castings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The castings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Manufacturing Bars shall be hot or cold finished cylindrical shaped with maximum diameter of 300 mm (12 in).
NOTE Cold finishing shall be restricted to turning, grinding or polishing (singly or in combination); cold drawing or cold
forming is not permitted.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with UNS S30403 (dual certified 304/304L).
composition
Tensile testing Where tensile testing in both directions is required by this MDS, all tensile tests shall meet the specified
properties of the referenced standard specification in both directions.
Test sampling The mid-length of axial (longitudinal) and tangential (transverse) tensile specimens shall be located at a
distance equal to the bar outside diameter or minimum of 100 mm (4 in), whichever is the greater, from the
end of the bar.
The centreline of tensile specimen shall be located at a distance from the bar surface in accordance with
ASTM A370, Annex A.
Valve parts manufactured from bar
For bars with outside diameter ≥ 100 mm (4 in) intended for machining of valve parts, tensile testing shall
be taken in both the longitudinal and transverse direction.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a the end surface of one bar per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished bars shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Chemical The chemical composition shall comply with UNS S30403 (dual certified 304/304L).
composition
Tensile testing The following acceptance criteria shall apply: Rp0.2 ≥ 207 MPa (30 ksi); Rm ≥ 517 MPa (75 ksi); A ≥ 35 %.
Extent of testing Tensile testing shall be carried out for each lot as defined in the standard for mechanical tests.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A269.
requirements) a
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished tubes shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The tubes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
– The inspection documents shall confirm compliance to both UNS S30403 and UNS S30400.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished pipes shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Supplementary requirement ASTM A312 S6 or ASTM A358 S5 apply with the following requirement:
Heat treatment
Stabilization heat treatment temperature shall be in the range of 815 °C to 900 °C (1 500 °F to 1 650 °F).
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed on one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness of the
requirements) a base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity at each
location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished pipes shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification – Seamless fittings:
requirements) a
Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on one
fitting per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
– Welded fittings:
Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on one
fitting per lot. The maximum hardness of the base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 22HRC from
three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished fittings shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The fittings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional
supplementary requirements for sour service.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one forging per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished forgings shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Heat treatment Following annealing, a stabilization heat treatment shall be carried out in the temperature range of 815 °C to
900 °C (1 500 °F to 1 650 °F)
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one plate per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Pickled, descaled or bright annealed according to the requirements in ASTM A480.
and finish
Marking The plates, sheets and strips shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Extent of testing Tensile testing is required for each heat and heat treatment lot including any PWHT.
Test sampling For castings with a weight of 250 kg (551 lb) or more, the test blocks shall be integrally cast or gated onto the
casting and shall accompany the castings through all heat treatment operations.
During any PWHT the test block shall be tack welded onto the casting.
Repair of defects Repairs as described in ASTM A351 section 10.2 shall be considered major. All major repairs shall be
documented in accordance with ASTM A703 S20.2.
The repair welding procedure shall be qualified in accordance with ASTM A488 or ISO 11970 and this MDS.
– Welding procedure shall be qualified on casting or plate of the same cast material grade as used in
production.
– Testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with the requirements of this MDS for
the parent material.
Weld repairs are not acceptable for castings that leak during pressure testing. Solution annealing heat
treatment is required after all major weld repairs.
If a minor cosmetic repair is required to a semi-finished or finished cast component, heat treatment may be
omitted provided the welding procedure meets all the test requirements of this data sheet in the as-welded
condition.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished castings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The castings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another quality
requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Page 1 of 1
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Manufacturing Bars shall be hot or cold finished cylindrical shaped with maximum diameter of 300 mm (12 in).
NOTE Cold finishing shall be restricted to turning, grinding or polishing (singly or in combination); cold drawing or cold
forming is not permitted.
Tensile testing Where tensile testing in both directions is required by this MDS, all tensile tests shall meet the specified
properties of the referenced standard specification in both directions.
Test sampling The mid-length of axial (longitudinal) and tangential (transverse) tensile specimens shall be located at a
distance equal to the bar outside diameter or 100 mm (4 in), whichever is the lesser, from the end of the bar.
The centreline of tensile specimen shall be located at a distance from the bar surface in accordance with
ASTM A370, Annex A.
Valve parts manufactured from bar
For bars with outside diameter ≥ 100 mm (4 in) intended for machining of valve parts, tensile testing shall be
taken in both the longitudinal and transverse direction.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a the end surface of one bar per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished bars shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined or peeled surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Heat treatment Supplementary requirement S3 shall apply with stabilization heat treatment carried out in the temperature
range of 815 °C to 900 °C (1 500 °F to 1 650 °F).
Tensile testing The following acceptance criteria shall apply: Rp0.2 ≥ 207 MPa (30 ksi); Rm ≥ 517 MPa (75 ksi); A ≥ 35 %.
Extent of testing Tensile testing shall be carried out for each lot as defined in the standard for mechanical tests.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A269.
requirements) a
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished tubes shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The tubes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical C ≤ 0.08 %
composition
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished pipes shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical C ≤ 0.08 %
composition
Supplementary requirement ASTM A312 S6 or ASTM A358 S5 apply with the following requirement:
Heat treatment
Stabilization heat treatment temperature shall be in the range of 815 °C to 900 °C (1 500 °F to 1 650 °F).
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed on one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness of the
requirements) a base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity at each
location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished pipes shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical C ≤ 0.08 %
composition
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification – Seamless fittings:
requirements) a
Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on one
fitting per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
– Welded fittings:
Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on one
fitting per lot. The maximum hardness of the base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 22HRC from
three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished fittings shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The fittings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical C ≤ 0.08 %
composition
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one forging per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished forgings shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Chemical C ≤ 0.08 %
composition
Stabilization heat treatment shall be carried out in the temperature range of 815 °C to 900 °C (1 500 °F to 1
Heat treatment
650 °F)
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one plate per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Pickled, descaled or bright annealed according to the requirements in ASTM A480.
and finish
Marking The plates, sheets and strips shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Manufacturing Bars shall be hot or cold finished cylindrical shaped with maximum diameter of 300 mm (12 in).
NOTE Cold finishing shall be restricted to turning, grinding or polishing (singly or in combination); cold drawing or cold
forming is not permitted.
Chemical C ≤ 0.08 %
composition
Tensile testing Where tensile testing in both directions is required by this MDS, all tensile tests shall meet the specified
properties of the referenced standard specification in both directions.
Test sampling The mid-length of axial (longitudinal) and tangential (transverse) tensile specimens shall be located at a
distance equal to the bar outside diameter or 100 mm (4 in), whichever is the lesser, from the end of the bar.
The centreline of tensile specimen shall be located at a distance from the bar surface in accordance with
ASTM A370, Annex A.
Valve parts manufactured from bar
For bars with outside diameter ≥ 100 mm (4 in) intended for machining of valve parts, tensile testing shall
be taken in both the longitudinal and transverse direction.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a the end surface of one bar per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished bars shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined or peeled surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Heat treatment Forgings shall be supplied solution annealed or hot rolled or solution annealed and cold worked.
Forgings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around each component during the heat
treatment process including possible quenching operation.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one forging per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 35HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished forgings shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Manufacturing Bars shall be hot or cold finished cylindrical shaped with maximum diameter of 300 mm (12 in).
Heat treatment Bars shall be supplied solution annealed or hot rolled or solution annealed and cold worked.
Bars shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around each bar during the heat treatment
process including possible quenching operation.
Tensile testing Where tensile testing in both directions is required by this MDS, all tensile tests shall meet the specified
properties of the referenced standard specification in both directions.
Test sampling The mid-length of axial (longitudinal) and tangential (transverse) tensile specimens shall be located at a
distance equal to the bar outside diameter or 100 mm (4 in), whichever is the lesser, from the end of the bar.
The centreline of tensile specimen shall be located at a distance from the bar surface in accordance with
ASTM A370, Annex A.
Valve parts manufactured from bar
For bars with outside diameter ≥ 100 mm (4 in) intended for machining of valve parts, tensile testing shall be
taken in both the longitudinal and transverse direction.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a the end surface of one bar per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 35HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Surface treatment Finished bars shall be pickled or bright annealed. Machined or peeled surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Heat treatment Forgings shall be supplied in the normalized and double-temper condition with the final temper at a lower
temperature than the intermediate temper, but not lower than the minimum tempering temperature stated in
the standard.
Forgings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around each forging during the heat
treatment process.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, Hardness testing
testing and Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
certification one forging per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
requirements) a
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment conditions including tempering temperature.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Castings ASTM A217 CA15 (UNS J91150) - ASTM A217 S4, S5, S21,
S52.6
ASTM A703 S14, S20
Page 1 of 3
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Test sampling For castings with a weight of 250 kg (551 lb) or more, the test blocks shall be integrally cast or gated onto the
casting and shall accompany the castings through all heat treatment operations including any post weld stress
relieving.
Thickness of the test block shall be equal to the thickest part of the casting represented up to a maximum
thickness of 100 mm (4 in). For flanged components, the largest flange thickness is the ruling section.
Dimensions of test blocks and location of test specimens within the test blocks are shown in the figure below
for integral and gated test block. The test specimens shall be taken within the cross hatched area. Distance
from end of test specimen to end of test block shall minimum be T/4.
For investment casting, test sampling shall be according to ASTM A985. Test blocks shall accompany the
castings through all heat treatment operations including any post weld stress relieving.
Extent of testing ASTM A703 supplementary requirement S14 shall apply for each heat and heat treatment charge including
any PWHT.
Castings ASTM A217 CA15 (UNS J91150) - ASTM A217 S4, S5, S21,
S52.6
ASTM A703 S14, S20
Page 2 of 3
Non-destructive Magnetic particle testing
testing ASTM A217 supplementary requirement S4 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
(continued)
NDE requirement Pilot casting (section 4.8) Production casting a
Frequency b 100 %
Method ASME BPVC, Sec. V, Article 7
Extent c 100 %
Acceptance criteria ASME BPVC, Sec. VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 7
NOTE The testing shall be carried out after machining, if applicable. Non-machined surfaces shall be cleaned prior to the
testing.
a
Production valve castings, MT shall be according to the applicable valve specification. If a QSL is not specified by the
purchaser, the requirements in this table shall apply.
b
Frequency of inspection 100 % means that each item shall be examined.
c
All accessible internal and external surfaces shall be examined.
Radiographic testing
ASTM A217 supplementary requirement S5 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
NDE requirement Pilot casting Production casting
(section 4.8)
Valve castings a Other
pressure
containing
castings b
Frequency c 100 % 100 %
NPS DN Pressure class
≤ 300 600 900 ≥ 1500
<2 < 50 N/R N/R N/R N/R
≥2 ≥ 50 N/R 5% 5% 5%
≥6 ≥ 150 N/R 5% 5% 100 %
≥ 10 ≥ 250 5% 5% 5% 100 %
≥ 16 ≥ 400 5% 5% 100 % 100 %
≥ 20 ≥ 500 5% 100 % 100 % 100 %
Castings ASTM A217 CA15 (UNS J91150) - ASTM A217 S4, S5, S21,
S52.6
ASTM A703 S14, S20
Page 3 of 3
Repair of defects Repairs as described in ASTM A217, section 9.4 shall be considered major. All major repairs shall be
documented in accordance with ASTM A703 S20.2.
The repair welding procedure shall be qualified in accordance with ASTM A488 or ISO 11970 and this MDS.
− Welding procedure shall be qualified on casting or plate of the same cast material grade as used in
production.
− Testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with the requirements of this MDS for
the parent material.
Weld repairs are not acceptable for castings that leak during pressure testing.
Stress relieving PWHT shall be required after all major weld repairs at a minimum temperature of 621 °C
(1 150 °F).
If a minor cosmetic repair is required to a semi-finished or finished cast component, PWHT may be omitted
provided the welding procedure meets all the test requirements of this data sheet in the as-welded condition.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing, Hardness testing
testing and Supplementary requirement ASTM A217 S13 shall apply with the following additions:
certification
Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a
the pilot casting and one casting per heat and heat treatment charge thereafter.
The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking The castings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment conditions including final tempering temperature.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Manufacturing Bars shall be hot finished cylindrical shaped with maximum diameter of 300 mm (12 in).
NOTE Cold finishing shall be restricted to turning, grinding or polishing (singly or in combination).
Heat treatment Bars shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around each component during the heat
treatment process including possible quenching operation.
Hardness testing Hardness of the finished bar shall be in the range 200HBW-275HBW.
Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058
on the end surface of one bar per lot.
Tensile testing Where tensile testing in both directions is required by this MDS, all tensile tests shall meet the specified
properties of the referenced standard specification in both directions.
Test sampling The mid-length of axial (longitudinal) and tangential (transverse) tensile specimens shall be located at a
distance equal to the bar outside diameter or 100 mm (4 in), whichever is the lesser, from the end of the bar.
The centreline of tensile specimen shall be located at a distance from the bar surface in accordance with
ASTM A370, Annex A.
Valve parts manufactured from bar
For bars with outside diameter ≥ 100 mm intended for machining of valve parts, tensile testing shall be taken
in both the longitudinal and transverse direction.
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions including tempering temperature.
a
Material shall not be used in sour service.
Manufacturing Bars shall be hot or cold finished cylindrical shaped with maximum diameter of 300 mm (12 in).
Heat treatment Bars shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around each component during the heat
treatment process.
Hardness testing Hardness of the finished bar shall be in the range 200HBW-275HBW.Production hardness testing shall be
performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on the end surface of one bar per lot.
Tensile testing Where tensile testing in both directions is required by this MDS, all tensile tests shall meet the specified
properties of the referenced standard specification in both directions.
Test sampling The mid-length of axial (longitudinal) and tangential (transverse) tensile specimens shall be located at a
distance equal to the bar outside diameter or minimum of 100 mm (4 in), whichever is the greater, from the
end of the bar.
The centreline of tensile specimen shall be located at a distance from the bar surface in accordance with
ASTM A370, Annex A.
Valve parts manufactured from bar
For bars with outside diameter ≥ 100 mm intended for machining of valve parts, tensile testing shall be taken
in both the longitudinal and transverse direction.
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions including tempering temperature.
a
Material shall not be used in sour service.
Metal making Electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD followed by electro slag remelting (ESR) or
vacuum arc remelting (VAR) or equivalent multiple refining methods.
Hardness testing The maximum hardness shall be 33HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
one forging per lot.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirement to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
certification
requirements) a
Surface treatment Finished forgings shall be pickled. Machined surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment conditions.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Metal making Electric furnace (EF) melt shall be refined by AOD or VOD followed by electro slag remelting (ESR)
or vacuum arc remelting (VAR) or equivalent multiple refining methods.
Tensile testing Where tensile testing in both directions is required by this MDS, all tensile tests shall meet the specified
properties of the referenced standard specification in both directions.
The maximum hardness shall be 33HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
Hardness testing Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058
on the end surface of one bar per lot.
Test sampling The mid-length of axial (longitudinal) and tangential (transverse) tensile specimens shall be located at a
distance equal to the bar outside diameter or minimum of 100 mm (4 in), whichever is the greater, from the
end of the bar.
The centreline of tensile specimen shall be located at a distance from the bar surface in accordance with
ASTM A370, Annex A.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirement to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
certification
requirements) a
Surface treatment Finished bars shall be pickled. Machined or peeled surfaces do not require pickling.
and finish
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Heat treatment Products shall be delivered in the normalized or normalized and tempered condition.
During the heat treatment process, pipes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around
each pipe including any quenching operation.
For products delivered in the tempered condition, the minimum tempering temperature shall be 615 °C
(1 139 °F).
Impact testing / Impact testing is required for thickness ≥ 6 mm (0.236 in); for pipes with a weld end, the weld end
toughness testing thickness shall govern.
The test temperature shall be minus 101 °C (-150 °F).
The minimum absorbed energy for full size specimens shall be 27 J (20 ft lbf) average and 20 J (15 ft lbf)
single.
Test sampling Test specimens shall be prepared and tested after simulated PWHT in accordance with the product standard.
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment load.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
Material shall not be used in sour service.
SUPPLEMENTARY
PRODUCT FORM STANDARD GRADE ACCEPTANCE CLASS
REQUIREMENT
Welded pipes ASTM A671 CFE 70 Cl. 22, CI. 32, Cl. 42 ASTM A671 S2, S7, S14
Page 1 of 1
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Heat treatment For products delivered in the tempered condition, the minimum tempering temperature shall be 615 °C
(1 139 °F).
Impact testing / Impact testing is required for thickness ≥ 6 mm (0.236 in); for pipes with a weld end, the weld end
toughness testing thickness shall govern.
The test temperature shall be minus 101 °C (-150 °F).
The minimum absorbed energy for full size specimens shall be 27 J (20 ft lbf) average and 20 J (15 ft lbf)
single.
Extent of testing Impact testing per ASTM A671 supplementary requirement S2, as modified by this MDS, shall be carried out
per lot.
ASTM A671 supplementary requirement S14 shall apply for lot definition.
Impact test samples for base metal shall be taken from mid-thickness.
Test sampling Test specimens shall be prepared and tested after simulated PWHT at 600 °C with minimum holding time of
2.5 min/mm, and then furnace cooled to a temperature not exceeding 315 °C (600 °F).
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment load.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition.
For stress relieved condition or tempered conditions, the stress relieving temperature or tempering
temperature shall be stated.
a
Material shall not be used in sour service.
Manufacturing Fittings shall be made from seamless pipe, welded pipe, forging or plate (for caps only) compliant with the
MDSs of this specification.
Caps shall be seamless.
Welding An electric fusion welding process shall be used with the addition of filler metal. Autogenous welding is not
permitted.
Heat treatment Fittings shall be delivered in the normalized or normalized and tempered condition.
During the heat treatment process, fittings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around
each fitting including any quenching operation.
All hot formed or forged fittings, including those manufactured by locally heating a portion of the fitting stock,
shall be heat treated after manufacture. ASTM A960 supplementary requirement S59 shall apply.
Tensile testing ASTM A960 supplementary requirement S51 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
Test sampling shall be made from an actual fitting, from a prolongation thereof, or if not possible, a length of
starting material that has been heat treated in the same heat treatment load as the fittings it represents.
Impact testing / Impact testing is required for thickness ≥ 6 mm (0.236 in); for fittings with a weld end, the weld end thickness
toughness testing shall govern.
The test temperature shall be minus 101 °C (-150 °F).
The minimum absorbed energy for full size specimens shall be 27 J (20 ft lbf) average and 20 J (15 ft lbf)
single.
Extent of testing Impact testing and tensile testing shall be carried out for each heat and heat treatment load.
Extent b 100 %
NOTE The testing shall be carried out after machining, if applicable. Non-machined surfaces shall be cleaned prior to the
testing.
a
For random examination (10 %), a minimum of one item per lot in any purchase order shall be examined. The test lot
shall be as defined for mechanical testing.
b
All accessible internal and external surfaces shall be examined.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition including tempering temperature.
a
Material shall not be used in sour service.
Heat treatment Forgings shall be delivered in the normalized or normalized and tempered condition.
During the heat treatment process, forgings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around
each forging including any quenching operation.
Impact testing / Impact testing is required for thickness ≥ 6 mm (0.236 in); for forgings with a weld end, the weld end thickness
toughness testing shall govern.
Extent of testing One set of tensile, impact and hardness testing shall be carried out for each heat and heat treatment load.
A test lot shall not exceed 2 000 kg (4 400 lb) for forgings with as forged weight up to 50 kg (110 lb), and
5 000 kg (11 000 lb) for forgings with as forged weight > 50 kg (110 lb).
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment load.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition including tempering temperature.
a
Material shall not be used in sour service.
Impact testing / ASTM A20 supplementary requirement S5 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
toughness testing Impact testing is required for thickness ≥ 6 mm (0.236 in) after final heat treatment.
The test temperature shall be minus 101 °C (-150 °F).
The minimum absorbed energy for full size specimens shall be 27 J (20 ft lbf) average and 20 J (15 ft lbf)
single.
The test specimen shall be taken at mid-thickness in the longitudinal orientation to the final direction of rolling
final heat treatment.
Marking The plates shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment load.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition.
a
Material shall not be used in sour service.
Heat treatment During the heat treatment process, castings shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around
each casting including possible quenching operation.
The minimum tempering temperature shall be 615 °C (1 139 °F).
Test sampling Test blocks shall be integrally cast or gated onto the casting and shall accompany the castings through all
heat treatment operations including any post weld stress relieving.
Thickness of the test block shall be equal to the thickest part of the casting represented up to a maximum
thickness of 100 mm (4 in). For flanged components, the largest flange thickness is the ruling section.
Dimensions of test blocks and location of test specimens within the test blocks are shown in the figure below
for integral and gated test block. The test specimens shall be taken within the cross hatched area. Distance
from end of test specimen to end of test block shall minimum be T/4.
Radiographic testing
ASTM A352 supplementary requirement S5 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
Marking The castings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment load.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition including tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
Material shall not be used in sour service.
Heat treatment Products shall be delivered in the normalized or normalized and tempered condition.
For products delivered in the tempered condition, the minimum tempering temperature shall be 615 °C
(1 139 °F).
During the heat treatment process, tubes shall be placed in such a way as to ensure free circulation around
each tube including any tempering operation.
Impact testing / The minimum absorbed energy for full size specimens shall be 27 J (20 ft lbf) average and 20 J (15 ft lbf)
toughness testing single.
The test temperature shall be minus 101 °C (-150 °F).
Marking The tubes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition including tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
Material shall not be used in sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 100HRB from three readings taken in close
proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Welding Welding procedures shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC, Sec. IX or ISO 15614-5.
Non-destructive Method and acceptance criteria for penetrant testing shall be to ASME BPVC, Sec. VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 8.
testing B862 supplementary requirement S1.1 shall apply.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification − Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in
requirements) a ASTM A370/A1058 on one length of pipe per lot. The maximum hardness of the base material, HAZ and
weld metal shall be 100HRB from three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
− Welding procedure qualification testing for manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the
requirements of NACE MR0175-3/ISO 15156-3, section 6.2.2, with a maximum hardness of 70.8HR 15N
or 250HV.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Heat treatment Annealed condition unless the tensile properties in the referenced standard can be achieved in the as formed
condition.
Extent of testing Tensile test specimens shall be taken from each heat and heat treatment lot, for each type and size.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification − Seamless fittings:
requirements) a
• Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
one fitting per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 100HRB from three readings taken in close
proximity.
− Welded fittings:
• Welding procedure qualification testing for manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the
requirements of NACE MR0175-3/ISO 15156-3, section 6.2.2 with a maximum hardness of 70.8HR
15N or 250HV.
• Production testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
one fitting per lot. The maximum hardness of the base material, HAZ and weld metal shall be 100HRB
from three readings taken in close proximity at each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Extent of testing Tensile test specimens shall be taken from each heat and heat treatment lot, with a maximum deviation from
the test block thickness of ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one forging per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 100HRB from three readings taken in close proximity at
each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one plate per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 100HRB from three readings taken in close proximity at
each location.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Castings ASTM B367 C2 (UNS R52550) - ASTM B367 S1, S2, S5,
S7
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Heat treatment All castings, which due to size limitations cannot be HIP, shall be heat treated and radiographed. When the
HIP operation is applied, this shall be in accordance with ASTM A1080.
Test sampling Samples for production testing shall be cut from the gating system of the casting. For castings with weight
150 kg (331 lb) and above, the test blocks shall be integrally cast with the casting.
Size of the test block shall be 140 mm (5.5 in) in length and 80 mm (3 in) in height with thickness (T):
− T = 22 mm (0.86 in) for t ≤ 30 mm (1.18 in)
− T = 50 mm (2 in) for 30 mm (1.18 in) < t ≤ 60 mm (2.36 in)
− T = 75 mm (3 in) for t > 60 mm (2.36 in)
NOTE t = section (shell) thickness of castings; for flanged castings, the largest flange thickness is the ruling thickness.
Test samples shall accompany the castings through HIP and any heat treatment, chemical cleaning process
or any other operation that may alter metallurgical or mechanical properties.
Castings ASTM B367 C2 (UNS R52550) - ASTM B367 S1, S2, S5,
S7
Page 2 of 2
Non-destructive Radiographic testing
testing (continued)
NDE requirement Pilot casting Production casting
(section 4.8)
Valve castings a Other pressure
containing castings b
Frequency c 100 % 100 %
NPS DN Pressure class
≤ 150 300
< 10 < 250 N/R N/R
≥ 10 ≥ 250 5% 5%
Repair of defects All major repairs shall be documented, where a major repair is defined as excavations exceeding 20 % of the
casting section or wall thickness, and/or 4 % of the casting surface area.
Weld repairs are not acceptable for castings that leak during pressure testing.
The repair welding procedure shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC IX or ISO 15614-5 and this
MDS.
Sour service Material covered by this MDS is not referenced in ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103.
(additional Use of this material in sour service shall require separate qualification according to ISO 15156-3/NACE
metallurgical, MR0175-3 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, as applicable.
manufacturing,
testing and The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
certification
requirements) a The inspection documents required in this MDS shall also include the qualification test reports.
Surface treatment For castings manufactured to this MDS alfa-case in the casting surface shall be completely removed at the
and finish foundry from the following locations:
– All surfaces, which shall be machined.
– All weld bevels including an area of 20 mm (0.8 in) on each side of the bevel.
– All highly stressed areas including areas prone to fatigue.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Extent of testing Tensile test specimens shall be taken from each heat and heat treatment lot.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a the end surface of one bar per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 100HRB from three readings taken in
close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Qualification Manufacturers and the manufacturing process shall be qualified in accordance with ISO 17782 or
NORSOK M-650. The qualification testing shall meet the requirements of this MDS.
Non-destructive Method and acceptance criteria for penetrant testing shall be to ASME BPVC VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 8.
testing
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
requirements) a one tube per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 100HRB from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− MPS identification or MCPR/QTR number used.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Manufacturing Threading of studs, bolts and screws may be done by machining or rolling. Thread rolling shall be done after
heat treatment.
Threads in nuts shall be machined.
Heat treatment Heat treatment shall be carried out after the final hot forming operation.
Impact testing / Impact testing shall be carried out at minus 101 °C (-150 °F). The minimum absorbed energy shall be 27 J
toughness testing (20 ft lbf) average and 20 J (15 ft lbf) single, the lateral expansion shall be 0.38 mm (0.015 in).
Proof load testing Proof load testing shall be according to ASTM A962 and the load shall comply with ASTM A194 Grade 7.
Non-destructive All products shall be 100 % visually examined in all areas of threads, shanks and heads. Discontinuities shall
testing comply with requirements specified in ASTM F788 for bolts/studs and ASTM F812 for nuts.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A453. The
requirements) a maximum hardness shall be 35HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-3/NACE MR0175-3, section 7.2 and this MDS.
Marking Each bolt and nut shall be marked on the end/head to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition (solution annealing and annealing temperature) shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Manufacturing Threading of studs and bolts may be done by machining or rolling. Thread rolling shall be done after heat
treatment.
Threads in nuts shall be machined.
Non-destructive All products shall be 100 % visually examined in all areas of threads, shanks and heads. Discontinuities shall
testing comply with requirements specified in ASTM F788 for bolts/studs and ASTM F812 for nuts.
Sour service When sour service is specified by the purchaser, only Grade L7M/7M is acceptable.
(additional The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing,
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Surface treatment All studs, bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot dip spun galvanized according to ASTM F2329 or ISO 10684.
and finish The zinc coating on threads shall not be subject to cutting, rolling or finishing tool operation. Nuts may be
tapped after galvanizing.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
S5 shall apply for nuts to ASTM A194.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Steel manufacturer of starting material.
– Heat treatment condition.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Manufacturing Threading of studs and bolts may be done by machining or rolling. Thread rolling shall be done after heat
treatment.
Threads in nuts shall be machined.
Non-destructive All products shall be 100 % visually examined in all areas of threads, shanks and heads. Discontinuities shall
testing comply with requirements specified in ASTM F788 for bolts/studs and ASTM F812 for nuts.
Sour service When sour service is specified by the purchaser, only Grade L7M/7M is acceptable.
(additional The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing,
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
S5 shall apply for nuts to ASTM A194.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474/ EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Steel manufacturer of starting material.
– Heat treatment condition.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Manufacturing Threading of studs and bolts may be done by machining or rolling. Thread rolling shall be done after heat
treatment.
Threads in nuts shall be machined.
Non-destructive All products shall be 100 % visually examined in all areas of threads, shanks and heads. Discontinuities shall
testing comply with requirements specified in ASTM F788 for bolts/studs and ASTM F812 for nuts.
Sour service When sour service is specified by the purchaser, only Grade B7M/2HM is acceptable.
(additional The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing,
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 2.2 as minimum.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Manufacturing Threading of studs and bolts may be done by machining or rolling. Thread rolling shall be done after heat
treatment.
Threads in nuts shall be machined.
Non-destructive All products shall be 100 % visually examined in all areas of threads, shanks and heads. Discontinuities shall
testing comply with requirements specified in ASTM F788 for bolts/studs and ASTM F812 for nuts.
Sour service When sour service is specified by the purchaser, only Grade B7M/2HM is acceptable.
(additional The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
metallurgical,
manufacturing,
testing and
certification
requirements) a
Surface treatment All studs, bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot dip spun galvanized according to ASTM F2329 or ISO 10684.
and finish The zinc coating on threads shall not be subject to cutting, rolling or finishing tool operation. Nuts may be
tapped after galvanizing.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
S5 shall apply for nuts to ASTM A194.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 type 2.2 as minimum.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Heat treatment For products delivered in the quenched and tempered condition the minimum tempering temperature shall be
620 °C (1 148 °F).
Forgings shall be placed in such a way that free circulation around each forging is ensured during the heat
treatment process, including quenching.
Impact testing / Impact testing shall be carried out at -46 °C (-50 °F). One set of three samples shall be tested. Test samples
toughness testing shall be taken from the same location and have the same orientation as tensile test specimens. Mid-length of
the test piece shall be a distance T or minimum 100 mm (4 in) from any second surface, whichever is greatest
where T is the ruling thickness.
The minimum absorbed energy for full size specimens shall be 27 J (20 ft lbf) average and 20 J (15 ft lbf)
single.
Extent of testing Impact test, tensile test, hardness test and micrographic examination shall be carried out for each heat,
nominal thickness and heat treatment load. For heat treatment in continuous furnace a heat treatment load is
defined as all plates heat treated continuously in the same furnace, of the same heat and nominal thickness.
A test lot shall not exceed 2 000 kg (4 400 lb) for forgings with as forged weight ≤ 50 kg (110 lb), and 5 000 kg
(11 000 lb) for forgings with as forged weight > 50 kg (110 lb).
Inspection of pressure controlling parts of valves shall be according to the applicable valve specification. If a
QSL is not specified by the purchaser, the requirements in this MDS shall apply.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103 and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification Ni < 1.0 %
requirements) a
Hardness testing
Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
two forgings per lot. When only one part is produced, it shall be hardness tested as required. The maximum
hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Heat treatment Grade 4140: for products delivered in quenched and tempered condition the minimum tempering temperature
shall be 650 °C (1 202 °F).
Grade F52, F60, F65: for products delivered in the quenched and tempered condition the minimum tempering
temperature shall be 620 °C (1 148 °F).
Bars shall be placed in such a way that free circulation around each bar is ensured during the heat treatment
process, including quenching.
Impact testing / Impact testing shall be carried out at -46 °C (-50 °F). One set of three samples shall be tested.
toughness testing Acceptance criteria:
− Grade 4140, minimum 45 J (33 ft lbf) average and 35 J (26 ft lbf) single for full size specimens.
− Grade F52, F60, F65, minimum 27 J (22 ft lbf) average and 20 J (15 ft lbf) single for full size specimens.
Extent of testing Impact test, tensile test and hardness test shall be carried out for each heat, nominal thickness and heat
treatment load. For heat treatment in continuous furnace a heat treatment load is defined as all bars heat
treated continuously in the same furnace, of the same heat and nominal thickness. A test lot shall not exceed
2 000 kg (4 400 lb) for bars with weight ≤ 50 kg (110 lb), and 5 000 kg (11 000 lb) for forgings with weight >
50 kg (110 lb).
Chemical composition
Ni < 1.0 %
Hardness testing
Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
the end surface of one bar per lot. The maximum hardness shall be 22HRC from three readings taken in close
proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with EN 10204 /ISO 10474 Type 3.1, unless specified
otherwise by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Steel manufacturer, melting and refining practice.
− Heat treatment condition. For tempered condition, tempering temperature and holding time shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
Metal making For pipes with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the steel shall be vacuum degassed and made
to fine grain practice.
Chemical For pipes with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the requirements of API 934-C shall apply.
composition
Tensile testing Supplementary requirement S2 shall apply on one specimen per finished pipe per lot. Specimen shall be
removed from mid-thickness location.
Hardness testing Hardness testing shall be made on one finished pipe per lot and shall not exceed 225 HBW.
Extent of testing Product analysis shall be carried out in accordance with the standard.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification S ≤ 0.010 %
requirements) a
Hardness testing
Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM A370/A1058 on
one length of pipe per lot.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Hydrogen service When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Products shall be delivered in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered condition.
manufacturing,
testing and Tensile testing and impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-C.
certification
requirements) b
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition including tempering temperature and holding time shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Material Data Sheet MDS No. IV102 / IV102S a / IV102SH b/ IV102K c Rev. 01
TYPE OF MATERIAL: 1¼ Cr ½ Mo alloy steel
Welded pipes ASTM A691 1 ¼ CR (UNS K11789) Class 22 or Class 42 S3, S7, S12
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Metal making Starting plate material shall comply with ASTM A387 Grade 11 Class 1.
For pipes with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the steel shall be vacuum degassed and made
to fine grain practice.
Chemical For pipes with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the requirements of API 934-C shall apply.
composition
Heat treatment For Class 22 pipes, the starting plate shall be in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered
conditions.
Tempering temperature shall be minimum 725 °C (1 337 °F).
Hardness testing Supplementary requirement S3 shall apply on one finished pipe per lot .
Extent of testing Mechanical testing shall be carried out on one finished pipe per lot. Supplementary requirement S12 shall
apply for lot definition.
Repairs to weld metal are acceptable in accordance with the standard specification and shall meet the
chemistry requirements of the original manufacturing weld.
Hardness testing
In addition to the production hardness requirement in the MDS, welding procedure qualification testing for
manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the requirements of NACE MR0175-2/ISO 15156-2,
section 7.3.3, using Vickers method, with a maximum hardness of 235HV.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Material Data Sheet MDS No. IV102 / IV102S a / IV102SH b/ IV102K c Rev. 01
TYPE OF MATERIAL: 1¼ Cr ½ Mo alloy steel
Welded pipes ASTM A691 1 ¼ CR (UNS K11789) Class 22 or Class 42 S3, S7, S12
Page 2 of 2
Hydrogen When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
service (additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Products shall be delivered in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered condition.
manufacturing,
testing and Tensile testing and Impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-C.
certification
requirements) c
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition including stress relieving PWHT temperature or tempering temperature and
holding time shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “SH” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service plus HIC testing and UT examination.
c
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Material Data Sheet MDS No. IV103 / IV103S a / IV103SH b / IV103K c Rev. 01
TYPE OF MATERIAL: 1¼ Cr ½ Mo alloy steel
Wrought fittings ASTM A234 WP11 Class 1 or Class 2 ASTM A960 S51, S53,
S69
ASTM A234 WP11W Class 1 or Class 2 ASTM A960 S51, S53,
S69
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Metal making For fittings with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the steel shall be vacuum degassed and made
to fine grain practice.
Chemical For fittings with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the requirements of API 934-C shall apply.
composition
Hardness testing Hardness testing shall be carried out on two fittings for each test lot, including parent material, weld and HAZ.
Tensile testing ASTM A960 supplementary requirement S51 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
Tensile testing shall be carried out on specimens cut from a fitting where dimensions permit. When removal of
specimens is not possible due to the size of the fitting, a prolongation or a length of starting material that has
been heat treated in the same heat treatment load as the fittings it represents shall be used.
Non-destructive ASTM A960 supplementary requirement S53 and S69 shall apply as amended by this MDS. Acceptance
testing criteria shall be according to ASME BPVC, Sec. VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 6. Examination shall be performed after
final heat treatment and after final machining or calibration.
NDT shall be carried out after final heat treatment.
Repairs to weld metal are acceptable in accordance with the standard specification and shall meet the
chemistry requirements of the original manufacturing weld.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification − S ≤ 0.003 % for WP11W fitting made from flat-rolled products
requirements) a, b
− S ≤ 0.007 % for WP11 fitting made from forging
Hardness testing
For WP11W fittings, in addition to the production hardness requirement in the MDS, welding procedure
qualification testing for manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the requirements of
NACE MR0175-2/ISO 15156-2, section 7.3.3, using Vickers method, with a maximum hardness of 235HV.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Material Data Sheet MDS No. IV103 / IV103S a / IV103SH b / IV103K c Rev. 01
TYPE OF MATERIAL: 1¼ Cr ½ Mo alloy steel
Wrought fittings ASTM A234 WP11 Class 1 or Class 2 ASTM A960 S51, S53,
S69
ASTM A234 WP11W Class 1 or Class 2 ASTM A960 S51, S53,
S69
Page 2 of 2
Sour service HIC testing and UT examination
(additional When suffix SH applies, one finished WPBW fitting made from flat-rolled products per lot shall be tested as
metallurgical, follows.
manufacturing,
testing and – HIC testing:
certification • HIC testing in accordance with NACE TM0284, using Test Solution A.
requirements) a, b • Acceptance criteria per specimen shall be CLR ≤ 15 %, CTR ≤ 5 %, CSR ≤ 2 %.
(continued)
• Maximum individual crack length shall be reported for each section.
– UT testing of flat-rolled product before manufacture:
• ASTM A578, S1, S2.1 shall apply.
Hydrogen When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
service (additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Products shall be delivered in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered condition.
manufacturing,
testing and Impact testing
certification Impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-C.
requirements) c
Marking The fittings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
– Heat treatment condition including tempering temperature and holding time.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “SH” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service plus HIC testing and UT examination.
c
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Metal making Forgings with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater shall be manufactured from steel vacuum
degassed and made to fine grain practice.
Chemical For forgings with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the requirements of API 934-C shall apply.
composition
Non-destructive ASTM A961 supplementary requirement S55 shall apply. Acceptance criteria shall be according to
testing ASME BPVC, Sec. VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 6. Examination shall be performed after final heat treatment and final
machining.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the additional requirements of
metallurgical, this MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
certification
requirements) a
Hydrogen When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
service (additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Products shall be delivered in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered condition.
manufacturing,
testing and Tensile testing and impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-C.
certification Sketches shall be established showing type, and size of test samples and location for extraction of
requirements) b test specimens.
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment conditions including tempering temperature and holding time;
− Sketches for test sampling.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Material Data Sheet MDS No. IV105 / IV105S a / IV105SH b / IV105K c Rev. 01
TYPE OF MATERIAL: 1¼ Cr ½ Mo alloy steel
Plates ASTM A387 Grade 11 (UNS K11789) Class 1 or Class 2 ASTM A387 S53
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Metal making Steel plate with thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater shall be vacuum degassed and made to fine grain
practice.
Chemical For plate with thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the requirements of API 934-C shall apply.
composition
Hardness testing Hardness testing shall be carried out on in accordance with ASTM A370 on one plate per lot. Hardness shall
not exceed 197HBW.
Test sampling Supplementary requirement S53 shall apply. Specimens shall be oriented transverse to the final rolling
direction.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification − S ≤ 0.003 %
requirements) a, b
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Hydrogen When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
service (additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Products shall be delivered in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered condition.
manufacturing,
testing and Tensile testing and impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-C.
certification
requirements) c
Marking The plates shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Material Data Sheet MDS No. IV105 / IV105S a / IV105SH b / IV105K c Rev. 01
TYPE OF MATERIAL: 1¼ Cr ½ Mo alloy steel
Plates ASTM A387 Grade 11 (UNS K11789) Class 1 or Class 2 ASTM A387 S53
Page 2 of 2
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition. Tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “SH” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service plus HIC testing and UT examination.
c
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Castings ASTM A217 WC6 (UNS J12072) - ASTM A217 S4, S5, S21,
S52.2
ASTM A703 S14, S20
Page 1 of 3
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Test sampling For castings with a weight of 250 kg (551 lb) or more, the test blocks shall be integrally cast or gated onto the
casting and shall accompany the castings through all heat treatment operations. including any post weld
stress relieving.
Thickness of the test block shall be equal to the thickest part of the casting represented up to a maximum
thickness of 100 mm (4 in). For flanged components, the largest flange thickness is the ruling section.
Dimensions of test blocks and location of test specimens within the test blocks are shown in the figure below
for integral and gated test block. The test specimens shall be taken within the cross hatched area. Distance
from end of test specimen to end of test block shall minimum be T/4.
Castings ASTM A217 WC6 (UNS J12072) - ASTM A217 S4, S5, S21,
S52.2
ASTM A703 S14, S20
Page 2 of 3
Non-destructive Magnetic particle testing
testing ASTM A217 supplementary requirement S4 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
(continued)
NDE requirement Pilot casting (section 4.8) Production casting a
Frequency b 100 %
Method ASME BPVC, Sec. V, Article 7
Extent c 100 %
Acceptance criteria ASME BPVC, Sec. VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 7
NOTE The testing shall be carried out after machining, if applicable. Non-machined surfaces shall be cleaned prior to the
testing.
a
Production valve castings, MT shall be according to the applicable valve specification. If a QSL is not specified by the
purchaser, the requirements in this table shall apply.
b
Frequency of inspection 100 % means that each item shall be examined.
c
All accessible internal and external surfaces shall be examined.
Radiographic testing
ASTM A217 supplementary requirement S5 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
Castings ASTM A217 WC6 (UNS J12072) - ASTM A217 S4, S5, S21,
S52.2
ASTM A703 S14, S20
Page 3 of 3
Repair of defects Repairs as described in ASTM A217, section 9.4 shall be considered major. All major repairs shall be
documented in accordance with ASTM A703 S20.2.
The repair welding procedure shall be qualified in accordance with ASTM A488 or ISO 11970 and this MDS:
− Welding procedure shall be qualified on casting or plate of the same cast material grade as used in
production;
− Testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with the requirements of this MDS for
the parent material.
Weld repairs are not acceptable for castings that leak during pressure testing.
Stress relieving PWHT shall be required after all major weld.
If a minor cosmetic repair is required to a semi-finished or finished cast component, PWHT may be omitted
provided the welding procedure meets all the test requirements of this data sheet in the as-welded condition
and preheat is applied according to the standard.
The weld metal composition shall comply with the following requirement:
– 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As ≤ 1500 (values in mg/Kg)
– C ≤ 0.15%, Cu ≤ 0.20%, Ni ≤ 0.30%
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification − Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in
requirements) a ASTM A370/A1058 on the pilot casting and one casting per lot thereafter. The maximum hardness shall
be 22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Hydrogen When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
service (additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Tensile testing and impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-C.
manufacturing,
testing and
certification
requirements) b
Marking The castings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition including tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Metal making For bar thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater the steel shall be vacuum degassed and made to fine grain
practice.
Chemical For bar thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the following requirements shall apply:
composition – 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As ≤ 1500 (values in mg/kg)
– C ≤ 0.15%, P ≤ 0.010 %, S ≤ 0.007 %, Cu ≤ 0.20 %, Ni ≤ 0.30 %
Hardness testing shall be carried out on in accordance with ASTM A370 on the end surface of one bar per lot.
Hardness testing
The maximum hardness shall not exceed 207HBW.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
certification
requirements) a
Hydrogen When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
service (additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Products shall be delivered in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered condition.
manufacturing,
testing and Tensile testing and impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-C.
certification
requirements) b
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition including tempering temperature shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Metal making For pipes with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, Steel shall be vacuum degassed and made to
fine grain practice.
Chemical
For pipes with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the requirements of API 934-A shall apply.
composition
Hardness testing Hardness testing shall be made on one finished pipe per lot and shall not exceed 235 HBW.
Extent of testing Product analysis shall be carried out in accordance with the standard.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification S ≤ 0.010 %
requirements) a
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Hydrogen When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
service (additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Products shall be delivered in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered condition.
manufacturing,
testing and Tensile testing and impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-A.
certification
requirements) b
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition including tempering temperature and holding time shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Material Data Sheet MDS No. IV202 / IV202S a / IV202SH b / IV202K c Rev. 01
TYPE OF MATERIAL: 2¼ Cr 1 Mo alloy steel
Welded pipes ASTM A691 2 ¼ CR (UNS K21590) Class 22 or 42 S3, S7, S12
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Metal making For pipes with thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the steel shall be vacuum degassed and made to fine
grain practice.
Chemical For pipes with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the requirements of API 934-A shall apply.
composition
Heat treatment For Class 22 pipes, the starting plate shall be in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered
conditions.
Stress relieving PWHT temperature and tempering temperature shall be minimum 725 °C (1 337 °F).
Hardness testing Supplementary requirement S3 shall apply on one finished pipe per lot.
Extent of testing Mechanical testing shall be carried out on one finished pipe per lot. Supplementary requirement S12 shall
apply for lot definition.
Repairs to weld metal are acceptable in accordance with the standard specification and shall meet the
chemistry requirements of the original manufacturing weld.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification S ≤ 0.003 %
requirements) a, b
Hardness testing
− In addition to the production hardness requirement in the MDS, welding procedure qualification testing for
manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the requirements of NACE MR0175-2/ISO 15156-2, section
7.3.3, using Vickers method, with a maximum hardness of 225HV.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Hydrogen When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
service (additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Products shall be delivered in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered condition.
manufacturing,
testing and Tensile testing and impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-A.
certification
requirements) c
Material Data Sheet MDS No. IV202 / IV202S a / IV202SH b / IV202K c Rev. 01
TYPE OF MATERIAL: 2¼ Cr 1 Mo alloy steel
Welded pipes ASTM A691 2 ¼ CR (UNS K21590) Class 22 or 42 S3, S7, S12
Page 2 of 2
Marking The pipes shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition including stress relieving PWHT temperature or tempering temperature and
holding times shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “SH” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service plus HIC testing and UT examination.
c
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Material Data Sheet MDS No. IV203 / IV203S a / IV203SH b / IV203K c Rev. 01
TYPE OF MATERIAL: 2¼ Cr 1 Mo alloy steel
Wrought fittings ASTM A234 WP22 Class 1 or Class 3 ASTM A960 S51, S53,
S69
ASTM A234 WP22W Class 1 or ASTM A960 S51, S53,
Class 3 S69
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Metal making For fitting thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the steel shall be vacuum degassed and made to fine grain
practice.
Chemical For fittings with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the requirements of API 934-A shall apply.
composition
Hardness testing Hardness testing shall be carried out on two fittings for each test lot, including parent material, weld and HAZ.
Tensile testing ASTM A960 supplementary requirement S51 shall apply as amended by this MDS. Tensile testing shall be
carried out on specimens cut from a fitting where dimensions permit. When removal of specimens is not
possible due to the size of the fitting, a prolongation or a length of starting material that has been heat treated
in the same heat treatment load as the fittings it represents shall be used.
Non-destructive ASTM A960 supplementary requirement S53 and S69 shall apply as amended by this MDS. Acceptance
testing criteria shall be according to ASME BPVC, Sec. VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 6. Examination shall be performed after
final heat treatment and after final machining or calibration.
NDT shall be carried out after final heat treatment.
Repairs to weld metal are acceptable in accordance with the standard specification and shall meet the
chemistry requirements of the original manufacturing weld.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification − S ≤ 0.003 % for WP22W fitting made from flat-rolled products
requirements) a, b
− S ≤ 0.007 % for WP22 fitting made from forging
Hardness testing
For WP22W fittings, in addition to the production hardness requirement in the MDS, welding procedure
qualification testing for manufacturing and any repair welding shall meet the requirements of
NACE MR0175-2/ISO 15156-2, section 7.3.3, using Vickers method, with a maximum hardness of 225HV.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Material Data Sheet MDS No. IV203 / IV203S a / IV203SH b / IV203K c Rev. 01
TYPE OF MATERIAL: 2¼ Cr 1 Mo alloy steel
Wrought fittings ASTM A234 WP22 Class 1 or Class 3 ASTM A960 S51, S53,
S69
ASTM A234 WP22W Class 1 or ASTM A960 S51, S53,
Class 3 S69
Page 2 of 2
Sour service HIC testing and UT examination
(additional When suffix SH applies, one finished WPBW fitting made from flat-rolled products per lot shall be tested as
metallurgical, follows.
manufacturing,
testing and – HIC testing:
certification • HIC testing in accordance with NACE TM0284, using Test Solution A.
requirements) a, b • Acceptance criteria per specimen shall be CLR ≤ 15 %, CTR ≤ 5 %, CSR ≤ 2 %.
(continued)
• Maximum individual crack length shall be reported for each section.
– UT testing of flat-rolled product before manufacture:
• ASTM A578, S1, S2.1 shall apply.
Hydrogen When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
service (additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Products shall be delivered in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered condition.
manufacturing,
testing and Tensile testing and impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-A.
certification
requirements) c
Marking The fittings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition including tempering temperature and holding time.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “SH” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service plus HIC testing and UT examination.
c
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Metal making For forgings with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, steel shall be vacuum degassed and made to
fine grain practice.
Chemical For forgings with governing thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the requirements of API 934-A shall apply.
composition
Non-destructive ASTM A961 supplementary requirement S55 shall apply. Acceptance criteria shall be according to ASME
testing BPVC, Sec. VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 6. Examination shall be performed after final heat treatment and final
machining.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the additional requirements of
metallurgical, this MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification S ≤ 0.025 %
requirements) a
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Hydrogen When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
service (additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Products shall be delivered in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered condition.
manufacturing,
testing and Tensile testing and impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-A.
certification Sketches shall be established showing type, and size of test samples and location for extraction of
requirements) b test specimens.
Marking The forgings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to heat and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall confirm
compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment conditions including tempering temperature and holding time.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Material Data Sheet MDS No. IV205 / IV205S a / IV205SH b / IV205K c Rev. 01
TYPE OF MATERIAL: 2¼ Cr 1 Mo alloy steel
Plates ASTM A387 Grade 22 (UNS K21590) Class 2 ASTM A387 S53
Page 1 of 2
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Metal making Steel plate with thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater shall be vacuum degassed and made to fine grain
practice.
Chemical For plate with thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the requirements of API 934-A shall apply.
composition
Hardness testing Hardness testing shall be carried out on in accordance with ASTM A370 on one plate per lot. Hardness shall
not exceed 197HBW.
Test sampling Supplementary requirement S53 shall apply. Specimens shall be oriented transverse to the final rolling
direction.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Chemical composition
certification S ≤ 0.003 %
requirements) a, b
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Hydrogen When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
service (additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Products shall be delivered in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered condition.
manufacturing,
testing and Tensile testing and impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-A.
certification
requirements) c
Marking The plates shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Material Data Sheet MDS No. IV205 / IV205S a / IV205SH b / IV205K c Rev. 01
TYPE OF MATERIAL: 2¼ Cr 1 Mo alloy steel
Plates ASTM A387 Grade 22 (UNS K21590) Class 2 ASTM A387 S53
Page 2 of 2
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition. Tempering temperature and holding time shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “SH” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS including the additional requirements for
sour service plus HIC testing and UT examination.
c
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Castings ASTM A217 WC9 (UNS J21890) - ASTM A217 S4, S5, S21,
S52.3, S53
ASTM A703 S14, S20
Page 1 of 3
Scope This MDS defines applicable options and/or requirements that supplement or amend the referenced standard
specification.
Chemical Supplementary requirement ASTM A217 S52.3 and S53 shall apply with a J-factor ≤ 100.
composition
Test sampling For castings with a weight of 250 kg (551 lb) or more, the test blocks shall be integrally cast or gated onto the
casting and shall accompany the castings through all heat treatment operations. including any post weld
stress relieving.
Thickness of the test block shall be equal to the thickest part of the casting represented up to a maximum
thickness of 100 mm (4 in). For flanged components, the largest flange thickness is the ruling section.
Dimensions of test blocks and location of test specimens within the test blocks are shown in the figure below
for integral and gated test block. The test specimens shall be taken within the cross hatched area. Distance
from end of test specimen to end of test block shall minimum be T/4.
Castings ASTM A217 WC9 (UNS J21890) - ASTM A217 S4, S5, S21,
S52.3, S53
ASTM A703 S14, S20
Page 2 of 3
Non-destructive Magnetic particle testing
testing ASTM A217 supplementary requirement S4 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
(continued)
NDE requirement Pilot casting (section 4.8) Production casting a
Frequency b 100 %
Method ASME BPVC, Sec. V, Article 7
Extent c 100 %
Acceptance criteria ASME BPVC, Sec. VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 7
NOTE The testing shall be carried out after machining, if applicable. Non-machined surfaces shall be cleaned prior to the
testing.
a
Production valve castings, MT shall be according to the applicable valve specification. If a QSL is not specified by the
purchaser, the requirements in this table shall apply.
b
Frequency of inspection 100 % means that each item shall be examined.
c
All accessible internal and external surfaces shall be examined.
Radiographic testing
ASTM A217 supplementary requirement S5 shall apply as amended by this MDS.
Castings ASTM A217 WC9 (UNS J21890) - ASTM A217 S4, S5, S21,
S52.3, S53
ASTM A703 S14, S20
Page 3 of 3
Repair of defects Repairs as described in ASTM A217, section 9.4 shall be considered major. All major repairs shall be
documented in accordance with ASTM A703 S20.2.
The repair welding procedure shall be qualified in accordance with ASTM A488 or ISO 11970 and this MDS:
− Welding procedure shall be qualified on casting or plate of the same cast material grade as used in
production.
− Testing methodology and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with the requirements of this MDS for
the parent material.
Weld repairs are not acceptable for castings that leak during pressure testing.
Stress relieving PWHT shall be required after all major weld repairs.
If a minor cosmetic repair is required to a semi-finished or finished cast component, PWHT may be omitted
provided the welding procedure meets all the test requirements of this data sheet in the as-welded condition
and preheat is applied according to the standard.
The weld metal composition shall comply with supplementary requirement ASTM A217 S53.1.3.
Sour service When sour service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
(additional requirements of ISO 15156/NACE MR0175 or ISO 17945/NACE MR0103, and the following additional
metallurgical, requirements to the MDS.
manufacturing,
testing and Hardness testing
certification − Production hardness testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements in ASTM
requirements) a A370/A1058 on the pilot casting and one casting per lot thereafter. The maximum hardness shall be
22HRC from three readings taken in close proximity.
The material shall be traceable in accordance with ISO 15156-2/NACE MR0175-2, section 9 and this MDS.
Hydrogen When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
service (additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Tensile testing and impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-A.
manufacturing,
testing and
certification
requirements) b
Marking The castings shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition including tempering temperature and holding time shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Metal making For bar thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, steel shall be vacuum degassed and made to fine grain practice.
Chemical For bar thickness 50 mm (2 in) and greater, the requirements of API 934-A shall apply.
composition
Hardness testing Hardness testing shall be carried out on in accordance with ASTM A370 on the end surface of one bar per lot.
The maximum hardness shall not exceed 207HBW.
Hydrogen When hydrogen service requirements are specified by the purchaser, the material shall conform to the
service (additional following additional requirements to the MDS.
metallurgical, Products shall be delivered in the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered condition.
manufacturing,
testing and Tensile testing and impact testing shall be carried out in accordance with API 934-A.
certification
requirements) b
Marking The bars shall be marked to ensure full traceability to melt and heat treatment lot.
Certification The material manufacturer shall have a quality system certified in accordance with ISO 9001 or another
quality requirements standard accepted by the purchaser.
The inspection documents shall be issued in accordance with ISO 10474 /EN 10204 Type 3.1 and shall
confirm compliance with this specification.
The inspection documents shall include the following information:
− Heat treatment condition including tempering temperature and holding time shall be stated.
a
The supplementary suffix “S” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for sour service.
b
The supplementary suffix “K” shall be used to designate a material delivered in accordance with the MDS plus the additional supplementary
requirements for hydrogen service.
Annex B
(normative)
Element data sheets
The element data sheets listed in Table B.1 cover requirements for special processes, where the process shall
be qualified and controlled as specified in the applicable EDS to ensure products are manufactured
consistently to the appropriate quality.
Procedure General
qualification testing The hard facing shall be carried out using welding procedures qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC IX or
ISO 15614-7 modified as follows:
– The test plate dimensions shall be the minimum required by the welding standard sufficient to allow all
required tests to be carried out. The minimum qualified parent material thickness shall be the thickness of
the test plate.
– The qualification shall be carried out on base material of same specification and grade as used in
production.
– The testing shall be carried out according to ASME BPVC IX or ISO 15614-7 and the requirements in this
EDS.
A stringer bead technique is recommended. If weaving is used, the width shall be within the qualified range
taking into consideration the risk of overheating of the material and cracking.
The temperature of the components shall be checked during welding. The interpass temperature during hard
facing of duplex stainless steels shall not exceed 150 °C (302 °F).
The thickness of the hard facing shall be measured and be minimum 1.6 mm (0.06 in) after final machining.
Hardness testing
Hardness testing shall be carried out on base material, heat affected zone and weld metal. Vickers hardness
HV5 or HV10 shall be used. The examination of the HAZ shall be carried out with maximum 0.5 mm (0.02 in)
distance between the indentations from fusion line, through HAZ into the unaffected base material. The
hardness for HAZ and unaffected base material shall not exceed the maximum values specified in
ISO 15156 /MR0175 or ISO 17945 /NACE MR0103 and for type 22Cr and 25Cr duplex base materials the
hardness shall not exceed 310HV average, 320HV individual single value.
Metallographic examination
Metallographic examination shall be carried out for the following materials: 22Cr and 25Cr duplex, type 6Mo
austenitic stainless steels and Alloy 625. For type 22Cr and 25Cr duplex the ferrite content in the heat
affected zone shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E562 and shall be in the range of 30 % to 70 %.
Corrosion testing
Corrosion testing shall be carried out for 25Cr duplex, Super austenitic materials (UNS S34565 or equivalent),
Alloy 625 and 6Mo substrates. The testing shall be carried out according to ASTM G48, method A, and for 24
h exposure time at 40 °C (104 °F). The acceptance criteria shall be no pitting at 20x.
magnification and maximum weight loss shall be 4 g/m2. The sample shall include the cross section from the
overlay surface into the unaffected base material. The hard facing may be removed, but any buffer layer and
heat affected zone in the base material shall be exposed in the corrosion test.
Macro section
The macro section for the qualification shall show no cracking and complete fusion between base material
and the hard facing layer.
Repair of defects Repairs may be local or total when non-conforming conditions are found. Defects in excess of acceptance
standard shall be removed by reducing weld overlay thickness and shall be repaired by re-welding.
All excavations shall be dye penetrant inspected prior to the start of repair welding in order to confirm the
complete removal of defects.
Repair by re-welding shall be performed in accordance with a written procedure. The following information
must be given in these procedures:
– Method of removing defects.
– Requirements related to the shape of the excavation.
– Inspection of repair prior to re-welding.
– Applicable welding procedure and qualification tests.
– Inspection after welding.
Process General
The hard facing shall be carried out using high velocity oxygen fuel (HVOF) or equivalent process.
Coating composition
The coating shall be of cermet type based on tungsten carbide (WC) and a metallic binder. The binder shall
be based on Co and/or Ni which shall be alloyed with Cr or Cr and Mo. Pure Co or Ni binders are not
accepted.
Coating thickness
The coating thickness shall be in the range 0.15 mm to 0.25 mm (0.006 in to 0.01 in) after grinding and
lapping, unless specified otherwise by the purchaser.
Surface preparation
The components shall be cleaned for removal of oil by a cleaning agent (acetone or similar) before grit
blasting with aluminium oxide. The surface roughness before spraying shall be within the range 4 µm to 8 µm
(160 µin to 320 µin) Ra. All edges shall be chamfered or rounded.
Balls shall be spherical within 0.05 mm (0.002 in).
The components shall be at a temperature minimum 10 °C (50 °F) above dew point and be immediately grit
blasted in warm condition. Any oil, dust or particles shall be removed by suitable means before spraying.
Thermal spraying
The component shall be coated immediately after grit blasting, while the component still is at a temperature
above the dew point.
All thermal spraying shall be carried out under optimal conditions and accordance with established and
qualified procedures to ensure that the coating on all areas fulfil the specified requirements.
For valves all seating area shall be coated. For ball valves the complete spherical part of the ball shall be
coated. For gate valves all surfaces sliding against the seats during valve opening and closing shall be
coated.
Sealing
All coated surfaces shall be sealed when carbon or low alloy steel is the base material. If sealer is used, the
type of sealer and testing requirements shall be agreed with the purchaser and be specified in the procedure.
Finishing
All coated parts shall be ground and lapped to a mirror like finish and maximum roughness of Ra = 0.15 μm
(6 µin).
Procedure General
qualification testing The thermal spray procedure shall be supported by a qualification test and the following essential variables
shall apply to each procedure:
− the type of equipment used;
− nozzle length;
− fuel and gas flow rate, ±5 %;
− spray distance, ±5 %;
− spray rate, ±5 %;
− grade of powder;
− powder supplier;
− sealer type (if used).
The procedure shall be re-qualified if any of the above is changed outside given allowable range.
The qualification test shall be made at test samples of sufficient size for extraction the required test
specimens. Each procedure qualification shall be tested as specified in the following sections.
Production testing Finished polished hard facing thickness and surface roughness of all parts shall be tested and shall fulfil the
requirements specified above.
Production testing shall be carried out on regular basis as minimum twice per week and on every new batch
of powder or on changing grade of powder. The test shall be similar to a procedure qualification test and the
applicable testing shall consist of hardness and porosity test according to the requirements stated above in
the EDS.
Process General
Stabilizers used in the plating bath shall be basically organic stabilisers and shall be free of cadmium, bismuth
and sulphur. Lead may be present but at a maximum concentration of 2 mg/kg (2 ppm by mass).
Peening shall not be applied.
Surface preparation
The support surface shall be prepared by abrasive blasting to SA 3. The roughness shall be:
– For round shape surfaces: Rt ≤ 2 µm (79 min) and Ra ≤ 0.4 µm (16 min).
– For other surfaces: Rt ≤ 60 µm (2360 min) and Ra ≤ 12.5 µm (490 min).
Test sampling Sampling for non-destructive testing shall be carried out in accordance with ASTM B602, Table 1, Level I.
Sampling for destructive testing shall be carried out in accordance with ASTM B602, Table 4.
Test coupons of the base material plated simultaneously in the same bath may be used as an alternative to
testing of actual article to comply with the required tests.
Non-destructive Acceptance requirements for coating as applied to articles shall comply with ASTM B733 section 7. The
testing sampling for testing shall as specified above.
Visual inspection
All components shall be examined. Coating shall be smooth, adherent and free from visible blisters, pits,
nodules, porosity and other defects. Slight discoloration resulting from heat treatment shall not be cause for
rejection.
Thickness
Plating thickness shall be checked by the magnetic method as described in ASTM B499 (this method is only
suitable for use with magnetic substrates).
Process The material shall be produced by sintering with a subsequent hot isostatic pressing (HIP) or produced by a
combined sinter/HIP process.
The manufacturer shall establish detailed manufacturing procedure to ensure that the requirements of this
EDS are satisfied. The manufacturing procedures shall include tolerances on all essential variables.
Extent of testing Testing shall be performed on one sample per powder batch and HIP batch.
Procedure General
qualification testing The welding procedures shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC IX or ISO 15614-7, modified as
follows. The weld qualification test shall be carried out on base material of same grade as to be used in
production.
Qualification testing shall be carried out according to ASME BPVC IX or ISO 15614-7 and the following
additional requirements.
Chemical composition
The weld overlay deposit shall comply with UNS N06625 with a maximum iron content of 10 % by mass
measured at the minimum qualified thickness, unless a lower value of 5 % iron by mass is specified by the
purchaser.
Hardness testing
Hardness testing shall be carried out on base material, heat affected zone and weld metal. Vickers hardness
HV5 or HV10 shall be used. The examination of the HAZ shall be carried out with maximum 0.5 mm (0.02 in)
distance between the indentations from fusion line, through HAZ into the unaffected base material.
Testing of HAZ shall be carried out with maximum 0.5 mm (0.02 in) distance between the indentations from
fusion line, through HAZ into unaffected base material. The hardness for HAZ and unaffected base material
shall not exceed 350 HV.
When sour service is specified by the purchaser, the hardness of the weld overlay, HAZ and unaffected base
material shall not exceed the maximum values specified in ISO 15156 /NACE MR0175 or
ISO 17945 /NACE MR0103. The hardness of finished machined overlay surface shall not exceed 35 HRC for
Alloy 625.
Heat treatment Heat treatment after overlay welding shall be carried out, as necessary, to meet specified properties
Repair of defects Repairs may be local or total when non-conforming conditions are found. Defects in excess of acceptance
standard shall be removed by reducing weld overlay thickness and shall be repaired by re-welding.
All excavations shall be dye penetrant inspected prior to the start of repair welding in order to confirm the
complete removal of defects.
Repair by re-welding shall be performed in accordance with a written procedure. The following information
must be given in these procedures:
– Method of removing defects.
– Requirements related to the shape of the excavation.
– Inspection of repair prior to re-welding.
– Applicable welding procedure and qualification tests.
– Inspection after welding.